Search filter

Tender text OL 90 N for inward opening round or segmental arch window

Overhead door closers with link arm

SWING DOOR Door closers with link arm Contents | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM … Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S TS 1000 C 08 TS 1500 12 TS 2000 NV 16 TS 4000 EN 1-6 21 TS 4000 EN 5-7 27 TS 4000 E 32 TS 4000 R 37 TS 4000 Tandem 41 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 4000 EFS 48 TS 4000 RFS 53 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S TS 4000 IS 60 TS 4000 E-IS 66 TS 4000 R-IS 72 AC C ES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 80 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Technology 84 Product functions and information 85 General product information for door closers 86 Cover caps for GEZE door closers 87 … GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Overview OVERV IE W TS 4000 RFS TS 4000 Tandem EN4 1100 TS 4000 EFS EN4 1100 TS 4000 R EN4 1100 ● TS 4000 E EN3 950 ● TS 4000 size 5-7 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm TS 4000 size 1-6 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors⁸ TS 2000 NV TS 1500 TS 1000 C For single leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● FSA FSA FSA FL FSA FL Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2/3 3/4 2-4 1-6 5-7 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 >7 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 950 1100 1100 1400 1600 1400 1400 1400 1400 >1600 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● ● ● ● ● Opening angle (max.) hinge side⁷ 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° ● 180° 180° ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side ●⁶ ●⁶ ●⁶ Transom installation, opposite hinge side ● ● ● ●⁶ ● ● ● ●² ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device ● ● ● ● ●⁴ ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable Back check, adjustable Hydraulic latching action, adjustable Delayed closing, adjustable ● ● ● ●¹ Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open for free swing Smoke switch control unit, integrated ● ● Closing sequence control, integrated ● = Yes … Model TS 4000 S with delayed closing | … Model TS 2000 NV BC (adjustable)) | … Not for F and RD doors | … Hold-open linkage only effective up to EN6 | … System solution consisting of a TS 4000 IS/ E-IS/ R-IS on the active leaf in combination with a TS 4000 /E / R-IS second unit on the passive leaf and release mechanism in frame | … In parallel arm installation | … Opening angle (max.) opposite hinge side, see chapter: Further information | … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/ representative. FSA = Hold-open system | FSA FL = Hold-open system free swing Overview | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 IS … TS 4000 E-IS … TS 4000 R-IS … For double leaf doors Approval for fire and smoke protection doors⁸ ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN4 1100 FSA FSA Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1-6 1-6 1-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1400 1400 1400 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● Opening angle (max.) hinge side⁷ 180° 180° –⁷ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device ● ● ● ● ● Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side Transom installation, opposite hinge side FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable Back check, adjustable Hydraulic latching action, adjustable Delayed closing, adjustable Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open for free swing Smoke switch control unit, integrated Closing sequence control, integrated ● ● … 6 … SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors GEZE overhead door closers with link arm have two distinguishing features: convenient to handle and safe to use. Because our door closers don’t just make opening the door easier, they also guarantee reliable closing in the event of a fire. Use our extensive range of door closers for single leaf doors to retrofit your doors accordingly as well – thereby satisfying the much tighter legal regulations. … GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1000 C TS 1000 C Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 950 mm leaf width with adjustable closing speed AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single-action doors in the interior area Single-action doors up to 950 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Variable closing force of EN2 or EN3 by reversing the bearing block Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 1000 C | For single leaf doors | | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION GEZE TS 1000 C with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70° and 150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 1000 C door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2/3 Leaf width recommended up to 950 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Length 215 mm Overall depth 44 mm Height 52 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable via installation Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Installation position ● = yes 52 86 73 44 215 16 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G … 10 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1000 C D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E S I D E VIEW 72,5 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 1000 C D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 184 60 184 17,5 37,5 60 196 196 31±0,1 82 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 82 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 120 60 130 184 60 130 120 32 16 17,5 37,5 184 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 1000 C | For single leaf doors | | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 1000 C complete package² Closing force EN 2/3, with hold-open linkage silver-coloured 101771 white RAL 9016 101773 black RAL 9005 119574 brass-coloured 101777 acc. to RAL¹ 101776 silver-coloured 101765 white RAL 9016 101767 black RAL 9005 119573 brass-coloured 101770 acc. to RAL¹ 101769 silver-coloured 072019 white RAL 9016 072021 black RAL 9005 072022 GEZE TS 1000 C complete package Closing force EN 2/3, with link arm INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 1000 C … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 11 12 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 TS 1500 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width with adjustable closing speed ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Right and left single-action doors in the interior area  Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Variable closing force of EN3 or EN4 by reversing the bearing block  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 1500 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION GEZE TS 1500 with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70°-150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 1500 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3/4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Length 177 mm Overall depth 39 mm Height 50 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable via installation Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Installation position ● = yes 50 86 73 39 177 16 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 13 14 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 5 00 VIEW 92 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 1500 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 1500 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 1500 door closer Closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 white RAL 9016 101794 black RAL 9005 119575 acc. to RAL¹ 101875 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C² with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 1500/1000 C Standard silver-coloured 101815 white RAL 9016 101817 black RAL 9005 119538 acc. to RAL¹ 101818 silver-coloured 101878 white RAL 9016 101881 black RAL 9005 119576 acc. to RAL¹ 101882 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 white RAL 9016 029685 acc. to RAL¹ 029686 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 1500, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 080147 white RAL 9016 080149 acc. to RAL¹ 080150 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 15 16 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV TS 2000 NV Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width with closing force with variable adjustment ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN2-4 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted TS 2000 NV | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 17 S P EC I A L VER S IONS: GEZE TS 2000 NV BC with hydraulic back check that can be adjusted from the front GEZE TS 2000 NV / NV BC with hold-open linkage with adjustable hold-open angle of between 70° and 150° TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 2000 NV door closer TS 2000 NV BC door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 226 mm Overall depth 48 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via valve Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Yes, hydraulically adjustable At the side Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 60 98 58 226 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 48 ● ● 18 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS 2000 N V/N V BC VIEW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 2000 NV/NV BC D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 ±1 45 ± … 222 ±1 15 38 ±1 45 ± … ±1 44 ± … 130 Cross-section = direct installation 135 135 ± … 160 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door ± … 130 ±1 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 45 ± … 45 ± … 80 ±1 65 ±1 42 ± … 80 ±1 160 ± … 160 ± … 142 ±1 16 ± … 142 ±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 2000 NV | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM T R A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 2000 N V/N V BC V IEW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 2000 NV/NV BC D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 160 ± … 135 ± … 130 ±1 15 44 ±0,1 130 160 ± … 135 ± … ±1 222 ±1 45 ± … 222 ±1 38 ±1 45 ± … Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I N STA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 160 ± … 142 ±1 65 42 ±1 ± … 16 ± … 160 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 80 ±1 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45 ± … 80 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 19 20 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 2000 NV ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 2000 NV door closer Closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 white RAL 9016 128887 GEZE TS 2000 NV BC door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard black RAL 9005 205324 acc. to RAL² 128888 silver-coloured 124944 white RAL 9016 124946 black RAL 9005 205332 acc. to RAL² 124947 silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 silver-coloured 014835 white RAL 9016 014843 acc. to RAL² 014845 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 3000/ TS 2000NV silver-coloured 090259 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 2000 NV, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 127434 acc. to RAL² 127435 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000NV 053134 126234 Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV & NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 127432 silver-coloured 013487 white RAL 9016 014855 brass 072770 stainless steel 072769 acc. to RAL² 014856 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany TS 4000 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 EN 1-6 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation hinge side P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 21 22 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: GEZE TS 4000 with hold-open linkage, , hold-open angle up to 150° (must not be used on fire and smoke protection doors) GEZE TS 4000 S with delayed closing of up to 30 seconds, adjustable from the front TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 door closer TS 4000 S door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● Latching action adjustable via link arm via valve Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Delayed closing integrated ○ Position of closing force adjustment ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = no 58 60 98 16,5 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 287 TS 4000 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 V I EW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 1-6, TS 4000 S 130±1 Cross-section = direct installation 222±1 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 15 45±0,2 38±1 45±0,2 44±0,1 38±1 15 222±1 44±0,1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 130±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 222 ±1 42±0,5 45±0,2 160 ±0,2 65±1 45±0,2 16±0,2 65±1 98 67 42±0,5 222 ±1 ca. 300 16±0,2 I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 23 24 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 white RAL 9016 102791 black RAL 9005 109542 acc. to RAL² 102792 silver-coloured 107745 white RAL 9016 107747 black RAL 9005 119562 acc. to RAL² 107748 silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 GEZE TS 4000 S door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 1) Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany TS 4000 | For single leaf doors Designation | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM Version ID no. galvanised 103548 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 058782 acc. to RAL² 119472 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 brass 072698 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL² 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 25 26 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 closing force 5-7 TS 4000 EN 5-7 Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1600 mm leaf width ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Door leaf installation hinge side PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN5-7 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 closing force 5-7 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S IONS: GEZE TS 4000 with hold-open linkage, , hold-open angle up to 150° (must not be used on fire and smoke protection doors, hold-open unit only effective up to closing force EN 6) TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 5–7 Leaf width recommended up to 1600 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 58 60 98 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 287 27 28 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 closing force 5-7 D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 CLO SI N G FO RCE … -7 VIEW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 5-7 130±1 Cross-section = direct installation 222±1 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 15 45±0,2 38±1 45±0,2 44±0,1 38±1 15 222±1 44±0,1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 130±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 222 ±1 160 ±0,2 65±1 45±0,2 42±0,5 45±0,2 16±0,2 65±1 98 67 42±0,5 222 ±1 ca. 300 16±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 4000 closing force 5-7 | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 acc. to RAL² 102838 Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open silver-coloured 102454 white RAL 9016 102456 black RAL 9005 152365 acc. to RAL² 102457 silver-coloured 102445 white RAL 9016 102447 black RAL 9005 109545 acc. to RAL² 102448 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 galvanised 103548 Link arm TS 4000/2000³ with mechanical holding open which can be switched on and off Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm silver-coloured 058782 acc. to RAL² 119472 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 brass 072698 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL² 000756 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes | … Not approved for fire and smoke protection doors in Germany 29 30 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E TS 4000 E Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Electrical hold-open device with hold-open area from 80°-175°  Electric hold-open device acc. to EN 1155 for hold-open systems  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 E | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION: GEZE TS 4000 E / transom installation opposite hinge side 24 V DC TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 E door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open angle 80°-175° Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● = yes 58 50 45 35 60 98 40 46 325 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 31 32 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 E 120 +10 VIEW 397 max. 95 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 222 45 ± … 135 ± … 135 ± … 130 160± … 160 ± … 20 130 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 37 20 … 37 Cross-section = direct installation 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222 37 98 67 … 45± … 222 45± … 20 20 … 142 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160 ± … 142 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 37 ca. 300 TS 4000 E | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 33 TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 E V I EW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 142±1 Ø20 45±0,2 160±0,2 42±0,5 16±0,2 67 98 … 65±1 160±0,2 42±0,5 Ø20 142±1 16±0,2 … 65±1 I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 34 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 E ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 E door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 E KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 053134 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 R | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 R Overhead door closer with link arm with electric hold-open device and smoke switch AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Electric hold-open device acc. to EN 1155 for hold-open systems  Electrical hold-open device with hold-open area from 80°-175°  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 35 36 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 R TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 R KM BG door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supple- ● mentary sheet Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FU NCTION S Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit can be overridden ● Integrated smoke switch ● with visual operating state display ● with contamination indicator ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● integrated power supply ● ● = yes PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 16,5 58 65 65 98 547 TS 4000 R | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R V I EW 613 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 130 590 590 130 160 ± … 16 16 135 ± … 45 ± … 222 Cross-section = direct installation 50 38 ± … 50 15 160 ± … 135 ± … 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 45±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142±1 Ø16 45±0,2 16±0,2 24 65±1 26 26 Ø16 160±0,2 42±0,5 288±1 288±1 24 42±0,5 160±0,2 16±0,2 67 98 142±1 65±1 … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 37 38 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 R ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 R KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device and integrated smoke switch control unit (without link arm) silver-coloured 105241 acc. to RAL² 105242 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 galvanised 103550 black 058808 20 mm Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … ACCESSORIES 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled holdopen devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 Tandem Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors/gates with a leaf width greater than 1600 mm AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors from 1600 mm leaf width and very high weight  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side  Door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side in parallel arm installation possible P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 EN5-7 and TS 4000 EN1-6  Closing force from EN7 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors with conversion  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting 39 40 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 Tandem TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 Tandem complete package PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supple- ● mentary sheet Length 287 mm Overall depth 51 mm Height 130 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes 130 168 58 51 287 16 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 TAN DEM V I EW 110 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 Tandem D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 45±0,2 45±0,2 222 130 44±1 15 38±1 222 130 135±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 130 51 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 80±1 65±1 45±0,2 130 16±0,2 42±0,5 80±1 45±0,2 142±1 60±0,2 160±1 142±1 56 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 41 42 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors | TS 4000 Tandem ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 Tandem complete package with back check, with regular link arm silver-coloured 102841 acc. to RAL¹ 116186 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL¹ 102434 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL¹ 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL¹ 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 4000 Tandem with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 105119 acc. to RAL¹ 116189 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000 Tandem | For single leaf doors TS 4000, Medisch Spectrum Twente, Netherlands (Photo: Erwin Kamphuis / GEZE GmbH) | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 43 44 45 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function Be it in nursing homes, hospitals or kindergartens – GEZE overhead door closers with link arm and electric free swing function enable doors to open and close almost effortlessly. Activate the free swing function by opening the door once to your opening angle of choice. Our door closers are suitable for left and right side single-action doors with a leaf width of up to 1400 mm and, naturally, for installation on fire and smoke protection doors. 46 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS TS 4000 EFS Overhead door closer with link arm for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side (different variants)  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing  Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN 1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort  Free swing function after opening the door once to approx. 90°  Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 EFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM S P EC I A L VER S ION: GEZE TS 4000 EFS / transom installation opposite hinge side 24 V DC TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 RFS door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Free swing area 80°-175° ● = yes 58 50 45 35 60 98 40 46 325 16,5 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 47 48 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 EFS 120 +10 VIEW 397 max. 95 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 EFS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 222 45 ± … 135 ± … 135 ± … 130 160± … 160 ± … 20 130 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 37 20 … 37 Cross-section = direct installation 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 222 37 98 67 … 45± … 222 45± … 20 20 … 142 ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160 ± … 142 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 37 ca. 300 TS 4000 EFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 EFS V IEW 397 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 EFS 15 38±1 44±1 D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 45±0,2 45±0,2 160±0,2 142±1 42±0,5 16±0,2 65±1 67 98 A 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 65±1 … 16±0,2 I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 49 50 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 EFS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 RFS door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 EFS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function silver-coloured 106460 acc. to RAL² 106462 INSTA LLATION MAT E R I A L Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems 195524 GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 RFS Overhead door closer with link arm with electric free swing function and smoke switch AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Right and left single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing  Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort  Free swing function after opening the door once to approx. 90°  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) 51 52 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 RFS TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Integrated smoke switch ● with visual operating state display ● with contamination indicator ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● Integrated power supply ● Free swing area 80°-175° ● = yes PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 16,5 58 65 65 98 547 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R FS D I S PLAY 613 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 RFS 130 590 590 50 38 ± … Cross-section = direct installation 135 ± … 16 45 ± … 45 ± … 222 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 130 160 ± … 16 15 160 ± … 135 ± … 50 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE A Cross-section = installation with mounting plate, A = max. 70 mm reveal depth for fire and smoke protection doors 222±1 45±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 142±1 Ø16 45±0,2 16±0,2 65±1 26 24 26 Ø16 160±0,2 42±0,5 288±1 288±1 24 42±0,5 160±0,2 16±0,2 67 98 142±1 65±1 … 222±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 53 54 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 4000 RFS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and integrated smoke switch control unit (without frees wing link arm) silver-coloured 105241 acc. to RAL² 105242 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function silver-coloured 106460 acc. to RAL² 106462 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 black 058808 INSTA LLATION MAT E R I A L Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … ACCES S OR IES 195524 GC 170 Wireless KIT FA Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 010994 TS 4000 RFS | For single leaf doors with free swing function | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TS 4000 RFS, Sparkasse, Germany (Photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) 55 56 57 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors Overhead door closer systems with link arm – the phrase might sound complicated, but the GEZE technology makes opening and closing double leaf doors particularly easier and convenient. Our integrated hydraulic closing sequence control helps in this regard: When the door closes, the active leaf must remain in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed – and until the active leaf is released by the closing sequence control. Use the various specific setting options for our overhead door closers and make your door and gate systems safe, efficient and accessible. 58 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS TS 4000 IS Overhead door closer system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 IS and TS 4000 with link arm and release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 59 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 IS door closer TS 4000 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment hydraulically adjustable Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● - ● = yes 58 16,5 287 98 287 60 Ø11 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 46 60 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 I S VIEW 2,5 25,5 ø11 55-100 20 Active leaf (TS 4000 IS) 15 Passive leaf (TS 4000) Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 130 45±0,2 135±0,2 135±0,2 160 160±0,2 ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 45±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 222 130 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 80±1 45±0,2 45±0,2 80±1 160±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 I S V IEW TS 4000 IS Active leaf TS 4000 Passive leaf Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 61 62 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 IS R EC ES S FO R R ELEASE MECHANISM 85 ± … M5 … 12 + … 24 + … 75 +2 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 IS door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 102798 white RAL 9016 102801 acc. to RAL² 102802 silver-coloured 102789 white RAL 9016 102791 acc. to RAL² 102792 silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 GEZE TS 4000 door closer Closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS / E-IS acc. to RAL² 102425 No. … hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No. … hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No. … hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No. … hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No. … hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No. … hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 TS 4000 IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL² 009494 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 007923 acc. to RAL² 007926 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL² 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL² 104451 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 ACCESSORIES acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex silver-coloured for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar white RAL 9016 Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems acc. to RAL² 199544 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material 1) Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 199546 199951 63 64 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS TS 4000 E-IS Overhead door closers system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side (different variants)  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 E-IS (active leaf) and TS 4000 E (passive leaf) and release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 24 V DC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Electric hold-open device on both leaves with a hold-open area of 80°-175°  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Integrated back check on the passive leaf, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 E-IS door closer TS 4000 E door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP43 Door closer tested in accordance Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 in accordance with EN1155 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 Product tested in accordance with Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 325 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Hold-open angle 80°-175° ● = yes 16,5 120 58 50 325 98 325 60 45 120 Ø11 PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 46 65 66 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS 4000 E- I S VIEW max.70 Active leaf (TS 4000 E-IS) 15 120 +10 120 +10 20 … ø11 55-100 Passive leaf (TS 4000 E) max.70 Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 222 130 45±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLAT I O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 80±1 45±0,2 45±0,2 80±1 160±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM T R A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N /O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 E- I S V IEW TS 4000 E-IS TS 4000 E Active leaf Passive leaf Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS D I R ECT I N STA LLATION Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I N STA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 142 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 142 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 67 68 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 E-IS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE TS 4000 E door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 acc. to RAL² 105212 GEZE TS 4000 E KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 acc. to RAL² 105214 GEZE TS 4000 E-IS door closer Closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device, connector box, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 105237 acc. to RAL² 105238 GEZE TS 4000 E-IS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without link arm and connector boxes) silver-coloured 105239 acc. to RAL² 105240 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS / E-IS/ R-IS acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 No.1 Hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No.2 Hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No.3 Hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No.4 Hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No.5 Hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No.6 Hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Spindle extension for TS 4000/TS 2000 Crown gearing 10 mm galvanised 103548 15 mm galvanised 103549 20 mm galvanised 103550 Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/4000/3000/2000 053134 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 acc. to RAL² 082506 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 acc. to RAL² 027460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/EHY/ 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL² 100044 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000 E-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195522 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 159657 GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL² 170523 GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL² 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL² 199951 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes 69 70 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS TS 4000 R-IS Overhead door closer system with link arm for double leaf doors with closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Fire and smoke protection doors  Double leaf single-action doors  Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width  Transom installation opposite hinge side  Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES  System consisting of two door closers TS 4000 R-IS with release mechanism  Closing force of EN1-6 with variable adjustment  Operating voltage 230 V AC  Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion  Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire  Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold  Additional smoke detectors can be fitted  Electric hold-open device on both leaves with a hold-open area of 80°-175°  Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed  Integrated back check on the passive leaf, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully  Mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position  Closing speed can be individually adjusted  Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting  All functions can be adjusted from the front (except latching action) TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer TS 4000 R-IS KM BG second unit door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Supply voltage ● ● 230 V 50 Hz IP rating 24 V IP20 Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Closing sequence controller tested in accordance with EN1158 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 Hold-open device tested in accordance with EN1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN 1154 supplementary sheet ● ● Length 547 mm Overall depth 65 mm Height 65 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable with variable adjustment ● Latching action adjustable ● via link arm Back check integrated - Position of closing force adjustment Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open angle 80°-175° Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Integrated smoke switch ● ○ with visual operating state display ● ○ with contamination indicator ● ○ with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ○ integrated power supply ● ○ ● = yes 71 72 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 547 15-55 58 16,5 Ø11 65 98 65 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N /O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 R - I S … VIEW Passive leaf (TS 4000 R-IS second unit) Active leaf (TS 4000 R-IS) Example for the installation of GEZE TS 4000 E-IS 160 ± … 135 ± … 590 50 38 ± … 222 Cross-section = direct installation 590 16 45 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 ± … 16 135 ± … 50 130 15 44 ± … D I R ECT I N STA LLATION 45 ± … 222 ±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 130 TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM I NSTA LLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door R EC ESS FO R RELEASE MECHANISM 85 ± … M5 12 + … 24 + … 75 +2 … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 73 74 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | For double leaf doors | TS 4000 R-IS ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured GEZE TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch control unit (without link arm and acc. to RAL² release mechanism) 105244 GEZE TS 4000 R-IS KM BG second unit door closer Closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without smoke switch control unit and link arm) silver-coloured 105246 acc. to RAL² 105247 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Extended, for transom installation with reveal depth between 70-170 mm silver-coloured 102431 white RAL 9016 102433 acc. to RAL² 102434 silver-coloured 102421 white RAL 9016 102423 black RAL 9005 109544 stainless steel optic¹ 102426 acc. to RAL² 102425 Link arm TS 4000/2000 Standard Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/ E-IS/ R-IS 105245 No.1 Hinge clearance 1200-1500 mm 058306 No.2 Hinge clearance 1500-1800 mm 058307 No.3 Hinge clearance 1800-2100 mm 058308 No.4 Hinge clearance 2100-2400 mm 058309 No.5 Hinge clearance 2400-2700 mm 058310 No.6 Hinge clearance in excess of 2700 mm 058311 INSTALLATION MATERIAL black Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 058808 ACCESSORIES 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195522 white RAL 9016 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems 195523 black GEZE GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems 163068 white GEZE GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform acc. to RAL² with DIN EN 14637 139850 white GEZE GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform acc. to RAL² with DIN EN 14637 139881 170523 170524 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 GEZE AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Replacement glass pane for GEZE manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 TS 4000 R-IS | For double leaf doors | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 75 GEZE CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if needed, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 Ramp up wedge CB flex for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Optional accessories for use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar to prevent forcing on profile systems silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL² 199951 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes TS 4000, Mövenpick Airport, Germany (photo: N. Grünwald / GEZE GmbH) 76 77 SW ING D O OR Accessories Providing the necessary safety in the event of danger – this is a job for hold-open devices in many cases. We can offer you an extensive range of accessories for this, such as a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – use the right solution for you from our diverse range. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 78 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 79 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 OR D E R IN FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 GEZE FA GC 170 Wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GEZE GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GEZE GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GEZE GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 80 81 SW ING D O O R Further information With overhead door closers with link arm, your swing doors are always closed when they shouldn’t be open. As they do not have to be manually closed, they also provide safety in the event of a fire. Tightened legal regulations make overhead door closers with link arm essential for many doors. For every self-locking door and all other needs, GEZE always offers the matching solution. Use our many variants with a wide variety of technical and visual options. 82 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Further information | Technology TECHN OLOGY GE Z E OV E R H E A D D O O R CLO SER TS 4000 … 6 … 1 … TECHN OLOGY GE Z E OV E R H E A D D O O R CLO SER TS 2000 N V BC … 3 … 1 … 1 = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Closing force display | … = Setting closing force from the front | … = Setting closing force from the side Product functions and information | Further information | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM 83 GE N E R AL P R O D U CT F U N CT I O N S A N D I N FO R M ATI O N GE ZE D OOR C LO S E R S W I T H L I N K A R M 0° … 1 180° … 2 … = Back check When doors are pushed open forcefully by approximately 90°, this function is activated in order to slow them down. However, it must not be used as a substitute for separate measures designed to limit the opening angle (such as installation of a door stopper or other structural methods), e.g. in the case of doors that open outwards or are liable to be exposed to the wind. … = Closing speed The speed at which a door closes can be set on an individual basis. … = Latching action When the door is just a few degrees away from reaching the closed position, this function increases the door speed in order to overcome any closing resistance (e.g. in the form of air resistance). … = Delayed closing This function reduces the closing speed of a door or stops the door so that people have enough time to get through it. GE ZE D OOR C LO S E R S W I T H A D J U STA B LE CLO SI N G FO R CE The relevant standards stipulate that the closing force (closing force of the closer) must be selected in accordance with the door leaf width. Where necessitated by the structural (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind), the next closing force up must be set. The GEZE TS 4000, TS 2000 and their variants offer several door closer sizes in one housing; the desired size can be selected by means of an adjustment screw or by altering the installation position. The TS 4000 features a display so you can see which closing force is currently selected. Closing force acc. to EN standard Door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Closing force … over 1400 up to 1600 SP EC IA LLY FO R O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI D E I N STALLATI O N A B A = Reveal depth B = Reveal depth +2 Door thickness +2 Pivot point distance Door opening up to 180° is only possible if the dimensions A = 70 mm and B = 200 mm are not exceeded: 84 GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM | Further information | General product information for door closers PRO D U CT IN FOR M AT I O N FO R D O O R CLO SERS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing leaf doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED pressure acting on the door if door closers are used for any purpose other than closing doors Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's closing swing leaf doors after they have been opened manually. recommendations The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable feature. The level of closing force needed for specific leaf widths is 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as defini- Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain specific details of product performance, special requirements must be tive. Door closers are used on installed swing leaf doors made from metal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. requirements constitutes improper use. Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on how often they are operated, how they are operated, environ Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being mental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it be replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be is also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing leaf door type and extent of use. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing leaf doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door Grease all moving parts on the link arm. opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statdoor’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s utory inspections, monitoring demands and suggested maintemaximum opening angle. If swing leaf doors are to be fixed in the nance intervals. open position, this may only be achieved using special additional Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. fittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on Check that the door is able to move easily. smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must ingredients. be heeded). Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing leaf doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in environments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances or in extremely high or low temperatures. Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any additional devices) are installed and commissioned. 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing leaf doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action. incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure or under- 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT The following resources are available to help planners, specialist suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, Tender texts, bidding documents, Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating instructions, standards Advice from field staff. To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, Installation engineers are advised to observe all the product information and to pass it on the client and user. Cover caps for GEZE door closers | Further information | GEZE DOOR CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM COV E R CAPS FO R G E Z E D O O R CLO SE R S The following cover caps are available for the TS 2000 and TS 4000 overhead door closers: silver-coloured dark bronze white RAL 9016 polished brass stainless steel Further RAL colours on request. 85 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Deutschland Telefon: +49 7152 203 … Telefax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_03 ID no. 091594 EN Subject to change without notice

Integrated door closers

SWING DOOR Integrated door closers INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S Boxer 08 Boxer E with electric hold-open device 14 Boxer P for double-action doors 18 FOR S IN GLE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N Boxer EFS 24 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S Boxer ISM with integrated closing sequence control 30 Boxer E-ISM with electric hold-open device 38 FOR D OU B LE LE A F D O O R S W I T H F R E E S W I N G FUN CTI O N Boxer ISM-EFS with electric free swing function on the active leaf 48 BOX E R P IVOT B E A R I N G Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open doors without a door closer 56 AC C ES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 62 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Product information for door closers 66 … 4 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Overview OVERV IE W TA B LE O F I N T EG R AT E D D O O R CLO SER S For single leaf doors Boxer size 2-4 / 2-4 … V Boxer size 3-6 Boxer E size 2-4 Boxer E size 3-6 Boxer EFS Boxer P ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN4 1100 EN4 1100 FSA FSA FSA FL EN4 1100 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2-4 3-6 2-4 3-6 4-6 2-4 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1100 1400 1100 1400 1400 1100 Leaf weight (max.) in kg 130 180 130 180 180 80 Closer body integrated in the door leaf ● ● ● ● ● ● Guide rail integrated in the door frame ● ● ● ● ● ● 120° 120° 120° 120° 120° 120° Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Latching action, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device² ● ● ● ● Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Opening angle (max.) FUNCTIONS Electric hold-open device ● Electric hold-open device for free swing ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated Flexible opening restrictor ● ● ● ● = yes | … An additional suitability certificate is required with the door for fire and smoke protection doors. | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors | FSA = Hold-open device | FSA FL = Hold-open device with free swing Overview | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers OV E RV IE W TA B LE O F I N T EG R AT E D D O O R CLO SERS For double leaf doors Boxer ISM Boxer E-ISM Boxer ISM-EFS ● ● ● EN4 1100 FSA FSA FL Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2-4/3-6 2-4/3-6 4-6/3-6 (2-4) Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1100/1400 1100/1400 1400/1400 (1100) 130/180 130/180 180/180 (130) Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm Leaf weight (max.) in kg POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Closer body integrated in the door leaf ● ● ● Guide rail integrated in the door frame ● ● ● 120° 120° 120° Opening angle (max.) FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● Latching action, adjustable ● ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open device² ● Electric hold-open device ● Electric hold-open device for free swing ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ● ● ● ● = yes | … An additional suitability certificate is required with the door for fire and smoke protection doors. | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors | FSA = Hold-open device | FSA FL = Hold-open device with free swing … 6 … SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors Comfort with safety – that is what integrated door closers from GEZE offer. They close your swing doors gently and quietly, and brake the door's swing due to their back check function. You can always count on GEZE Boxer solutions for single leaf swing doors. You determine the closing speed. You can count on the highest level of safety with all integrated door closers. … Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer Boxer Integrated door closer for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width, for door weights up to 180 kg For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 440 31 42 45 42 45 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 32 32 240 Closing force 2-4 440 31 40 51 54 51 54 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 40 249,8 Closing force 3-6 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● = yes | ○ = optional ● - ● - … Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail Boxer 12 mm Guide rail Boxer … mm PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Single-action door Length 440 mm Overall depth 20 mm 31 mm Height 12 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated - Holding open ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER S I Z E 2-4 22 … 95 22 440 9,5 9,5 20,7 … 4,5 7,5 51 … 12 32,5 27 27 240 107,8 20 20 175 99 286 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 95 440 456 87 16,2 27 43 … 27 7,5 … 43 10 78,5 175 107,8 99 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 240 286 95 Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers B OX ER SI Z E … -6 95 30 440 9,5 9,5 4,5 60 7,5 12 20,7 … 4 30 … 25,5 25 35,5 25 175 103,2 249,8 94,5 293 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm … 34 23,5 … 34 95 440 86,5 457,5 23,5 175 103,2 94,5 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 249,8 293 87 11 12 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer BOXE R – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve smooth latching function also possible, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever, overall height 12 mm Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with tapered lever, overall height 12 mm Boxer guide rail … mm with lever, overall height … mm Boxer guide rail … mm with lever and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm Version ID no. silver-coloured 129213 silver-coloured 184365 acc. to RAL1 135732 silver-coloured 112161 silver-coloured 095141 acc. to RAL1 135689 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open device for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mechanical hold open unit for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rails, standard guide rail BG and Boxer guide rail … mm 069780 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers MST Medisch Spectrum Twente, Enschede, Benelux (photo: Erwin Kamphuis) 13 14 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer E Boxer E Integrated door closer for single leaf doors with a leaf width of up to 1400 mm with electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width, for door weights up to 180 kg For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-120° Retention force of the hold-open function with variable adjustment Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer E | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 42 83,5 30 440 32 240 Closing force 2-4 440 51 54 92,5 30 31 40 249,8 Closing force 3-6 TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● = yes | ○ = optional ● - ● - 15 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer E TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E guide rail Boxer PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Single-action door Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP 43 Statements of approval Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length 440 mm Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Holding open Electrical Hold-open function can be switched on and off ● Hold-open function can be overridden ● ● = yes | ○ = optional INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER E SI Z E 2-4 95 22 440 9,5 9,5 4,5 51 7,5 … 30 … 27 27 32,5 107,8 20 98 240 175 99 286 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm B OX ER E SI Z E … -6 … 95 27 440 9,5 9,5 54,5 25,5 16 175 103,2 94,5 Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 249,8 293 Boxer E | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E – OR DE R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 E guide rail Boxer with lever and electric hold-open device Version ID no. silver-coloured 119640 acc. to RAL2 135775 ACCESSORIES 145311 Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white 116266 Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white 120880 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme … only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 17 18 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer P Boxer P Integrated door closer for single leaf double-action doors with a leaf width of up to 1100 mm ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left double-action doors Double-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width and 80 kg weight For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-4 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer P | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 440 31 42 45 42 45 12 20,5 20,7 29,2 20 240 Boxer P TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 80 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right ● Statements of approval Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 286 mm Width 32 mm Height 45 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent intentional damage ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail Boxer 12 mm Guide rail Boxer … mm PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single / double-action door Double-action door Length 440 mm Width 20 mm 31 mm Height 12 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated Holding open Optional Mechanical Hold-open function can be switched on and off - ● Hold-open function can be overridden - ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 19 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors | Boxer P INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER P S I Z E 2-4 174 440 118 … 8,5 46 … 31 … 23 20,7 46,5 … 70 12 Ø 25 46,5 20 25 106,8 96 29 240 286 Installation on timber door BOXE R P– OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with lever for double-action doors, overall height 12 mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 129344 acc. to RAL1 135733 Guide rail Boxer … mm with lever for double-action doors with mechanical hold-open device, Overall height … mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 104246 acc. to RAL1 135731 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open function for standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mechanical hold-open function for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer P | For single leaf doors |  Integrated door closers Hotel, Berlin, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) 21 22 23 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function For added comfort and safety, the integrated door closer is available with electric free swing function. It can be used to open your single leaf swing door with minimal force. The comfort latching function that locks the door at the end of its free swing area adds an extra feature to the free swing door closer. The system also fulfils discerning design requirements: The door closer is recessed into the door leaf and frame to fit perfectly in your swing door system. 24 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer EFS 4-6 Boxer EFS 4-6 Integrated door closer for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 180 kg leaf weight Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Closing force of EN 4-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed Boxer EFS 4-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers P l e a s e n o t e : According to the general DIBt official building approval for hold-open systems, the use of a manual trigger switch for free swing door closers is compulsory. PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G Boxer EFS TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer EFS 4-6 PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 4-6 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 50 mm Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Supply voltage IP rating Statements of approval ● 24 V DC IP43 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length 332 mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable ● Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, mechanically in the guide rail Position of closing force adjustment electrical / for free swing function Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Hold-open function integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional ● electrical / for free swing function 25 Integrated door closers | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer EFS 4-6 INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G S B OX ER EFS 31 40 Installation on timber door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm … Installation on metal door | … = guide rail offset max. 10 mm 54 … 51 26 Boxer EFS 4-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E FS – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Boxer EFS 4-6 Closing force EN 4-6, with electric free swing function incl. free swing lever with comfort hold-open function 153559 Guide rail Boxer EFS 12 mm Overall height 12 mm, for Boxer EFS 4-6 153560 Guide rail Boxer EFS … mm Overall height … mm, for Boxer EFS 4-6 153571 ACCESSORIES Spindle extension Boxer EFS 4-6 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices … mm 153573 … mm 153574 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme white … only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 116266 120880 120503 27 28 29 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors An integrated door closer with closing sequence control is used to close double leaf doors safely. It guarantees that the active leaf closes after the passive leaf. This ensures that nothing and no one can become trapped. GEZE Boxer solutions available for double leaf swing doors have been designed to optimally match your swing door, and can be individually adjusted. 30 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM Boxer ISM Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System made of two Boxer door closers and an ISM guide rail Closing force of EN2-4 or EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: For doors with narrow hinge clearance from 1130 mm (opening angle max. 100°) For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 484 614 31 30 38,5 45 Active leaf 240 42 240 Passive leaf 32 Boxer ISM, closing force 2-4 484 614 31 30 38,5 45 Active leaf 240 42 240 Passive leaf 32 Boxer ISM, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 2-4 45 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 31 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM 435 614 31 240 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 2-4 435 614 31 240 Active leaf 32 Boxer ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 3-6 45 30 38,5 240 42 32 Passive leaf Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● ● Leaf width recommended up to Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Statements of approval Length Door closer tested in accordance with EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Yes, via valve top ● ● Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● ● TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail Boxer ISM guide rail Boxer, small hinge clearance variant ISM guide rail Boxer, small passive leaf variant Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1130 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm 420 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Statements of approval Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● Hold-open function integrated ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 33 Fixed leaf – right leaf Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2200 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 GF = Moving leaf Door opening angle approx. 120° Minimum width of fixed leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Frame machining, fixed leaf Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 34 | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM IN STALLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1940 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1640 mm Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Frame machining, fixed leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle SF door opening angle approx. 120° GF door opening angle approx. 120° SF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° TÖW GF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 120° TÖW Width of fixed leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATI O N D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M / E- I SM SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R 35 Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle FL door opening angle approx. 120° FL hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° DOA Minimum width of fixed leaf = 420 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, fixed leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 36 | For double leaf doors | Boxer ISM INSTA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL HI N G E CLEAR AN CE I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R IS M– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm Version 099728 ID no. … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 ISM guide rail Boxer with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 114141 ISM guide rail Boxer version, small hinge clearance especially for small hinge clearances from 1130 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 120894 ISM guide rail Boxer version, small passive leaf especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 128597 ACCESSORIES GEZE flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Mechanical hold-open function for ISM-guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Only for dry rooms | … surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 145311 acc. to RAL1 153728 silver-coloured 153602 118437 37 38 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM Boxer E-ISM Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 40 mm Integrated installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System made of two Boxer door closers and an E- ISM guide rail Closing force of EN 2-4 or EN 3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-120° Retention force of the hold-open function with variable adjustment Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VERSI O N S: For doors with narrow hinge clearance from 1130 mm (opening angle max. 100°) For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 484 614 31 30 42 Active leaf 38,5 240 Passive leaf 45 240 32 Boxer E-ISM, closing force 2-4 484 614 31 249,8 51 54 30 38,5 249,8 Active leaf Passive leaf 40 Boxer E-ISM, closing force 3-6 435 614 31 240 42 Active leaf 32 Boxer E-ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 2-4 45 30 38,5 240 Passive leaf 39 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM 435 614 31 249,8 54 30 51 Active leaf 38,5 249,8 Passive leaf 40 Boxer E-ISM for small passive leaf, closing force 3-6 435 577 31 Passive leaf 45 42 Active leaf 38,5 240 30 240 32 Boxer E-ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 2-4 435 577 31 249,8 30 38,5 249,8 Active leaf 51 54 40 40 Boxer E-ISM for small hinge clearance, closing force 3-6 Passive leaf Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–4 2–4 3–6 1100 mm 1100 mm 1400 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to 130 kg 130 kg 180 kg Minimum leaf thickness 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm ● ● ● Leaf width recommended up to Identical design for DIN left and DIN right Statements of approval Length Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent intentional damage ● Yes, via valve top ● ● Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E-ISM guide rail Boxer E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small hinge clearance small passive leaf PRODUCT FEATURES Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1130 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm 420 mm Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating IP 43 Statements of approval Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open function integrated ● ● electrical Hold-open function on active leaf / passive leaf ●/● Hold-open function can be switched on and off ● ● ● Hold-open function can be overridden ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 41 Fixed leaf – right leaf Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1300 mm Largest door width B = 2200 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 GF = Moving leaf Door opening angle approx. 120° Minimum width of fixed leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Frame machining, fixed leaf Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 42 | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM INSTA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M / E- I SM STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1940 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 1640 mm Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Frame machining, fixed leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle SF door opening angle approx. 120° GF door opening angle approx. 120° SF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° TÖW GF hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 120° TÖW Width of fixed leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATI O N D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R 43 Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 24V cable (E-ISM) Shown without cover Smallest door width B = 1130 mm Largest door width B = 1300 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Moving leaf – left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = left leaf Concealed 24V power supply E-ISM guide rail / moving leaf = right leaf Fixed leaf – right leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf SF = Fixed leaf GF = Moving leaf TÖW = Door opening angle FL door opening angle approx. 120° FL hold-open angle at approx. 80° - 90° DOA Minimum width of fixed leaf = 420 mm plus space needed for fixed leaf lock Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Door leaf machining, fixed leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, fixed leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, moving leaf GEZE Boxer size 3-6 Frame machining, moving leaf 44 | For double leaf doors | Boxer E-ISM IN STALLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I SM / E- I SM SM ALL HI N G E CLEARAN CE I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer E-ISM | For double leaf doors |  Integrated door closers BOX E R E-IS M– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) Version ID no. E-ISM guide rail Boxer With integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 114142 E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small hinge clearance especially for small hinge clearances from 1130 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 120895 E-ISM guide rail Boxer variant, small passive leaf especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 128598 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices 145311 acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE holdopen systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL2 170523 white 139881 acc. to RAL2 170524 alpine white 116266 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring 120503 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. alpine white 120880 45 46 47 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors with free swing function For added comfort and safety, the integrated door closer is available with electric free swing function. It can be used to open your double leaf swing door with minimal force. The comfort latching function that locks the door at the end of its free swing area adds an extra feature to the free swing door closer. The system also fulfils discerning design requirements: The door closer is recessed into the door leaf and frame to fit perfectly in your swing door system. 48 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS Boxer ISM-EFS Integrated door closer system for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric free swing function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors, proof of suitability for the door required Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width, for door widths up to 180 kg Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 540 mm For door leaf thicknesses from 50 mm Integrated installation Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open function with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES System consisting of two door closers Boxer EFS- 4-6 and Boxer 2-4 or 3-6 with ISM guide rail Closing force of EN 4-6 with variable adjustment on the active leaf, EN 3-6 or EN 2-4 on the passive leaf Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Door closer is embedded in door leaf and frame and fulfils maximum design demands Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted when installed S P ECI A L VER S I O NS: For doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm (opening angle passive leaf max. 100°) Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 614 … 484 … (240) Active leaf Passive leaf Boxer ISM-EFS 614 … Active leaf Boxer ISM-EFS for small passive leaf 435 … (240) Passive leaf 49 50 Integrated door closers | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO SE R Boxer 2-4 door closer Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Boxer 3-6 door closer 2–4 2–4 3–6 Boxer EFS 4-6 PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm Recommended leaf weight of up to Minimum leaf thickness Identical design for DIN left and DIN right 4–6 1400 mm 130 kg 180 kg 180 kg 40 mm 40 mm 50 mm 50 mm ● ● ● ● Supply voltage 24 V DC IP rating Statements of approval Length IP 43 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 286 mm 286 mm 293 mm 332 mm Overall depth 32 mm 32 mm 40 mm 40 mm Height 45 mm 45 mm 54 mm 54 mm Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● ● Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, hydraulically adjustable Yes, mechanically in the guide rail ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Latching action adjustable Back check integrated Yes, via valve Position of closing force adjustment Safety valve to prevent intentional damage Top Valve control for regulating the latching action speed ● Hold-open function integrated electrically, for free swing function ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail Boxer ISM guide rail Boxer Small passive leaf variant Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1230 mm Minimum passive leaf width 540 mm 420 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Statements of approval Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Overall depth 31 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional ● ● Smallest door width B = 1335 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Door leaf machining, active leaf GEZE Boxer EFS 4-6 Alternative positions Connecting terminal 24V DC Frame machining, active leaf Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Channel cover, (wire cable/24V cable) Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1335 mm Largest door width B = 2500 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 + EFS 4-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Active leaf – left leaf Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Passive leaf – right leaf GF = Active leaf SF = Passive leaf Door opening angle approx. 110° Minimum width of passive leaf = 540 mm plus space needed for passive leaf lock Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 2-4 Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 3-6 Frame machining, passive leaf Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers IN STA LLATION D R AW I N G B OX E R I S M - EFS STAN DAR D I N TI M BER DO O R 51 Alternative positions Connecting terminal 24V DC Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 2800 mm GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 3-6 + EFS 4-6 Connecting terminal Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Smallest door width B = 1230 mm Largest door width B = 2500 mm GEZE Boxer size 2-4 + EFS 4-6 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for right leaf Active leaf – left leaf Channel cover, (wire cable) Wire cable Dimensions GEZE Boxer size 2-4 Mirror imaged frame and door machining for left leaf Passive leaf – right leaf GF = Active leaf SF = Passive leaf TÖW = Door opening angle Door opening angle GF approx. 100° Door opening angle SF approx. 110° Minimum width of passive leaf = 420-540 mm plus space needed for passive leaf lock Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 2-4 Door leaf machining, passive leaf GEZE Boxer 3-6 Frame machining, passive leaf Integrated door closers Door leaf machining, active leaf GEZE Boxer EFS 4-6 Frame machining, active leaf 52 | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Boxer ISM-EFS INSTA LLATION D RAW I N G B OX E R I SM - E FS SM ALL PASSI VE LEAF I N TI M BER DO O R Boxer ISM-EFS | For double leaf doors with free swing function |  Integrated door closers BOX E R IS M-E FS– O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. Boxer EFS 4-6 Closing force EN 4-6, with electric free swing function incl. free swing lever with comfort lock function … mm 153559 Spindle extension Boxer EFS 4-6 … mm 153573 … mm 153574 Boxer 2-4 door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099728 … mm 101759 Boxer 2-4 2V door closer Closing force EN 2-4 with back check and independent latching action valve (smooth latching function also available, without guide rail) … mm 134448 … mm 134493 … mm 134494 Boxer 3-6 door closer Closing force EN 3-6 with back check (without guide rail) … mm 099735 … mm 101761 … mm 101762 ISM guide rail Boxer with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 114141 ISM guide rail Boxer small passive leaf variant especially for doors with small passive leaf from 420 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 128597 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; 2-leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 CB flex carry bar for use on all 2-leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material acc. to RAL² 153728 silver-coloured 153602 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE holdopen systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white according to RAL² 170523 according to RAL² 170524 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 116266 120503 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted installation for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices 139881 alpine white 120880 10994 53 54 55 SW ING D O O R Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or hold-open function for doors without a door closer 56 Integrated door closers | Boxer pivot bearing Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or hold-open function for doors without a door closer ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single- and double-action doors Opening restriction for single- or double-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a Boxer on double leaf door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Holds doors open without door closer, not self-locking The door opening angle is limited and a door stopper is usually no longer required Doing without door stoppers enhances the appearance of the door area, stumbling hazards and dirty corners disappear Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Crushing between door leaf and floor mounted door stopper is avoided Boxer pivot bearing |  Integrated door closers PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G Boxer pivot bearing IN STA LLATION I N FO R M AT I O N Pivot bearing with short cover plate Pivot bearing with long cover plate 57 58 Integrated door closers | Boxer pivot bearing BOXE R P IVOT B E A R I N G - O R D E R I N FO R M ATI O N Designation Spindle extension Boxer pivot bearing Integrated pivot bearing for opening restriction or holding open of doors without door closer, for use with all Boxer guide rails 0, 2, 4, 6, … mm Version ID no. 156278 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever, overall height 12 mm silver-coloured 129213 according to RAL1 135732 Boxer guide rail 12 mm with lever for double-action doors, overall height 12 mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 129344 according to RAL1 135733 Guide rail Boxer 12 mm with tapered lever, overall height 12 mm silver-coloured 184365 acc. to RAL1 135732 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever, overall height … mm silver-coloured 112161 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm silver-coloured 95141 according to RAL1 135689 Boxer guide rail … mm with lever for double-action doors and mechanical hold-open device, overall height … mm (only Boxer 2-4) silver-coloured 104246 according to RAL1 135731 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for Boxer guide rail 12 mm 129343 Flexible opening restriction for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open function for Boxer 12 mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, cannot be overridden 129145 Mechanical hold-open function for standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. Boxer pivot bearing |  Integrated door closers Vitra Haus, Weil am Rhein, Germany (photo: Oliver Look) 59 60 61 SW ING D O OR Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 62 INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS | Accessories | RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT RSZ … smoke switch control unit Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible VIDEO RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT | Accessories | INTEGRATED DOOR CLOSERS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN 54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL² 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL² 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 63 64 65 SW ING D O OR Further information Product information for door closers 66 Integrated door closers | Further information | Product information for door closers Product information for door closers P R O DU CT I N FO R M ATION FOR DOOR CLOSERS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for closing swing doors after they have been opened manually. The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable feature. The level of closing force required for specific leaf widths is defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as definitive. Door closers are used on installed swing doors made from metal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these requirements constitutes improper use. Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it is also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the door’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s maximum opening angle. If swing doors are to be fixed in the open position, this may only be achieved using special additional fittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must be heeded). Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in environments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances or in extremely high or low temperatures. Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any additional devices) are installed and commissioned. 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action, if incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment occurs, if reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure or underpressure acting on the door, if door closers are used for any purpose other than closing doors, if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain specific details of product performance, special requirements must be discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on how often they are operated, how they are operated, environmental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must be replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. Product information for door closers | Further information |  Integrated door closers 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing door type and extent of use). The following resources are available to help planners, specialist suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Grease all moving parts on the link arm. In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statutory inspections, monitoring requirements and suggested maintenance intervals. Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. Check that the door is able to move easily. Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging ingredients. Andels Hotel, Berlin, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, Tender texts and bidding documents, Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating instructions, standards Advice from field staff. To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information, Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, fabrication companies are advised to observe all the product, information and to pass it on to the client and user. 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2023_01 ID no. 091609 EN Subject to change without notice

Floor springs and all-glass fittings

SWING DOORS Floor springs and glass clamping fittings Contents |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Contents Overview 04 FOR S IN GLE LE A F SI N G LE A N D D O U B LE-ACTI O N DO O R S TS 500 NV 08 TS 500 N EN3 14 TS 550 NV 20 TS 550 NV F 26 ACC ES S OR IES Accessories for floor springs 34 RSZ … smoke switch control unit 46 GLAS S CLAMP I N G F I TT I N G S GEZE Glass Fittings 50 Corner fittings and pivot bearings 52 Fanlight and connecting fittings 55 Locks and strike boxes 58 M OD U LA R FIX E D PA N E L P R O F I LE SYST EMS Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 64 … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Overview TS 500 N EN … TS 550 NV F Max. door leaf width (mm) 1100 TS 550 NV ● TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function Approval for fire and smoke protection doors TS 500 NV with hold-open function OVERV IE W TS 500 NV … 950 1400 1400 ● 1100 950 ● APPLICATION POSSIBILITIES: Single-action doors (right/left) ● ● ● ● ● ● Opening angle 170° 170° 170° 170° 170° 180° Double-action doors ● ● ● ● ● Leaf weight up to kg 150 150 100 100 300 300 ● ● EN … fix EN … fix ● ● ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS: Closing force, adjustable Back check, fixed ● ● Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● ● Closing speed, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mechanical hold-open function ● ● ● Hold-open angle 85° 90° 105° 120° 85° 90° 105° 120° 85° 165° ● = yes TABLE S HOWIN G T H E R AT I O O F CLO S I N G FO RCE TO DO O R LEAF W I DTH Closing force Door leaf width (mm) Size … up to 850 Size … over 850 up to 950 Size … over 950 up to 1100 Size … over 1100 up to 1250 Size … over 1250 up to 1400 C OV ER PLATES There are various cover plates with screw accessories available for floor springs. These can be used on the right, left and with double-action doors. P I VOT H I N GES / D OOR RAILS Special upper pivots and door rails with 36 mm pivot point distance are required for the installation of a floor spring on single-action doors. (See accessories for floor springs from page 32) T HE REQU I REMEN TS The standard (EN 1154) stipulates that the door closer size (closing force) must be set to match the door leaf width. The next higher size has to be set if the structural circumstances (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind influence) make this necessary. T HE G EZ E S O LUTI ON The floor spring - versions of the TS 500 NV and TS 550 NV series comprise several sizes in one housing. Using an adjustment screw, the corresponding closing force can easily be adapted to the structural and local circumstances. … 6 … SW ING D O O R S For single leaf single and double-action doors Almost invisible, yet fully functional: Floor springs ensure that your doors will close themselves after opening. They’re just as good as overhead door closers where convenience and safety are concerned. All individual parts are built into the floor or the door. Floor springs are ideal when the door design should be as unobtrusive as possible – be it at elegant portals or in upmarket shop fittings. They master this particular challenge for semicircular arched doors or all-glass doors as a single system – and with flair at that. … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV TS 500 NV Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 1100 mm leaf width with adjustable closing force EN 1-4 and with optional hold-open function ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width and 150 kg weight Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Adjustable closing force of EN1-4 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing speed can be individually adjusted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed V E R S ION S  TS 500 NV with hold-open function: mechanical hold-open function in door closer with hold-open area of 85°/90°/105°/120° for single-action doors and hold-open area of 90°/95°/110°/125° for double-action doors (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R F LO O R SP R I N G S TS 500 NV TS 500 NV with hold-open function yes no PRODUCT FEATURES Suitability for fire protection doors Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door, double-action door Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm 1100 mm - Type of installation floor Opening angle (max.) 170° Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … – … Leaf width (max.) 1100 mm Leaf weight (max.) 150 kg DIN/ISO direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 278 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 42 mm Length adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated no Position of closing force adjustment top Holding open no mechanical Single-action door hold-open area - 85°, 90°, 105°, 120° Double-action door hold-open area - 90°/95°/110°/125° Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Closing sequence control integrated no Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° ● = yes | - = not available … 2 … 4 … = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot … Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV PRODU CT S CALE D R AW I N G 42 TS … 0 … N V 278 298 36-46 36-46 82 105 51-61 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A 36 B-B 51 A A 36 278 B H S 82 B 42 10 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: C A A-A 175 … X … 28 … 31 46 C-C Y 84 75 … 85 R8 135 254 48 … B 53 OKFF 42 … 6 23 B (26) 82 R8 10,62 15 A 7,5 C R8 278 TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 … 25 31 30 R 21 52 50 ° B-B R8 … 15 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 61 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 11 12 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 NV TS 500 N V – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation TS 500 NV door closer Size EN 1-4, optionally with fixed mechanical hold-open function (without cover plate and accessories) DIN Direction Hold-open single action Hold-open double-action Version left/right 0° 0° silver-coloured 102084 left/right 85° 90° silver-coloured 103974 ID no. left/right 90° 95° silver-coloured 104028 left/right 105° 110° silver-coloured 104029 left/right 120° 125° silver-coloured 104030 Floor spring cover plate for TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 brass 103012 stainless steel 102127 TS 500 N V – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Spindle extension Version ID no. left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring … with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 TS 500 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 0 … N V – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 flat cone 007434 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 13 14 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N EN3 Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 950 mm leaf width with fixed closing force EN3 and with optional hold-open function ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 950 mm leaf width and 100 kg weight Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Fixed closing force of EN3 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing speed can be individually adjusted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed V E R S ION S   TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function: with fixed closing force of EN3 and mechanical hold-open function in the door closer with hold-open area of 85°/90°/105°/120° for single-action doors and hold-open area of 90°/95°/110°/125° for double-action doors (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R F LO O R SP R I N G S PRODUCT FEATURES Headline 30Pt neg undo from template Suitability for fire protection doors Use on single-action/double-action door TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N EN3 with hold-open function yes no single-action door, double-action door Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm 950 mm Type of installation floor Opening angle (max.) 170° Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … Leaf width (max.) 950 mm Leaf weight (max.) 100 kg DIN/ISO direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 278 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 42 mm Length adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable no Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, fixed Back check integrated yes, fixed Delayed closing integrated no Position of closing force adjustment top Holding open no mechanical Single-action door hold-open area - 85°, 90°, 105°, 120° Double-action door hold-open area - 90°/95°/110°/125° Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Closing sequence control integrated no yes Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° ● = yes | - = not available … 2 … 4 … = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 15 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 42 TS 500 N EN … 278 298 36-46 36-46 82 105 51-61 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A 36 B-B 51 A A 36 278 B H S 82 B 42 16 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: C A A-A 175 … X … 28 … 31 46 C-C Y 84 75 … 85 R8 135 254 48 … B 53 OKFF 42 … 6 23 B (26) 82 R8 10,62 15 A 7,5 C R8 278 TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 … 25 31 30 R 21 52 50 ° B-B R8 … 15 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 61 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 17 18 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 500 N EN3 TS 500 N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction left/right TS 500 N EN3 door closer Size EN 3, optionally with fixed mechanical hold-open function left/right (without cover plate and accessories) left/right Hold-open single-action Hold-open double-action Version 0° 0° silver-coloured 103086 85° 90° silver-coloured 104046 ID no. 90° 95° silver-coloured 104047 left/right 105° 110° silver-coloured 111594 left/right 120° 125° silver-coloured 111596 Floor spring cover plate for TS 500 NV / TS 500 N EN3 brass 103012 stainless steel 102127 TS 500 N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Spindle extension Version ID no. left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring … with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 TS 500 N EN3 | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 0 … N E N … – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 flat cone 007434 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 19 20 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV TS 550 NV Floor spring for single leaf single and double-action doors of up to 1400 mm leaf width with adjustable closing force EN 3-6 and with hold-open function that can be switched on and off ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 300 kg weight Highly frequented and heavy doors Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Closing force of EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Adjustable delayed closing action, for adjusting the closing speed of the door up to an opening angle of approx. 80° Mechanical hold-open function in door closer with hold-open area of 85°-165° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings T EC H N I CAL DATA F O R F L O O R S P R I N G S TS 550 NV PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door/double-action door Closing force acc. to EN 1154 EN … – … Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 300 kg Door stop DIN direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 342 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 54 mm Length adjustment range for cement box … mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable yes Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated yes Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent wilful damage yes Thermo-constant valves yes Closing effect from 170° Holding open mechanical Hold-open unit can be switched on and off yes Hold-open unit can be overridden yes ● = yes | – = not available … 2 … 4 … 1 = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = Hold-open function setting / closing delay | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 21 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 54 1,5 TS … 50 N V 342 362 36 82 105 36 51-60 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): A-A B 36 30 B-B A A 54 36 51 82 342 B H S 22 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Example of door rail, upper pivot and floor spring installation on a double-action door: A-A C A 175 … 31 46 C-C Y … 84 75 28 … 6 X 85 R8 135 (26) 254 48 … B … 23 B 53 OKFF 54 … 342 TS 550 NV / TS 550 N EN4 82 15 R8 R8 10,62 7,5 A C … 25 31 50 52 R 21 30 ° B-B R8 15 … 15 H S … = Pivot hinge upper part | … = Pivot hinge lower part | … = Adjustment range 51 – 60 | … = Cover plate notched | … = Cover plates - cap shortened | OKFF = Finished floor level Door rail model CM, C for double-action doors With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H CM 19 mm 29 mm C 19 mm 29 mm 23 24 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV TS 55 … N V – OR DE R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation TS 550 NV door closer1 Size EN 3-6, with integrated hold-open function, hold-open area 85°– 165°, can be switched on/off, alternatively delayed closing possible, door leaf weight to 300 kg (without cover plate and accessories) DIN Direction Axle extension Version left/right Floor spring cover plate for TS 550 NV / TS 550 NV F ID no. silver-coloured 123950 brass 125890 stainless steel 125888 ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring ² with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 006798 045196 045155 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 left/right EV1 001090 left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 right stainless steel optic 137642 right EV1 037918 038302 left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 … mm 053315 Spindle cap for floor spring with square for double-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt Spindle cap for floor spring ² with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt 006794 left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 TS 550 NV | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 5 … N V – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation DIN Direction Axle extension Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system flat cone 001067 Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors flat cone 007434 Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors pivot pin 43 mm 006371 pivot pin 55 mm 000108 pivot pin 65 mm 000903 pivot pin 43 mm 006666 pivot pin 55 mm 000905 pivot pin 65 mm 000904 combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … Use on fire protection doors not permissible … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. 25 26 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F TS 550 NV F Floor spring for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with hold-open function that can be switched on and off ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single- and double-action doors Single- and double-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width and 300 kg weight Highly frequented and heavy doors Hidden horizontal floor installation PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Closing force of EN3-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Adjustable delayed closing action, for adjusting the closing speed of the door up to an opening angle of approx. 80° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully All functions can be adjusted from the top and when installed TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings T EC H N I CAL DATA F O R F L O O R S P R I N G S TS 550 NV F PRODUCT FEATURES Use on single-action/double-action door single-action door Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Leaf weight (max.) 300 kg Door stop DIN direction left/right Product tested in accordance with door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 342 mm Overall depth 82 mm Height 54 mm Length adjustment range for cement box … mm Width adjustment range for cement box 10 mm Height adjustment range for cement box … mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable yes, via valve Back check integrated yes, mechanical, fixed Delayed closing integrated ● Position of closing force adjustment Top Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● Closing effect from 180° Holding open no ● = yes | – = not available … 2 … 4 … 1 = Latching action setting | … = Closing speed setting | … = open Closing delay setting | … = Closing force setting | … = Frontal gearing pivot 27 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F PRO D U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 54 1,5 TS … 50 N V F 342 362 36 82 105 36 51-60 STAN DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of door rail and floor spring installation on a single-action door (aluminium): B-B B 30 A-A 36 A A 54 36 82 51 342 B H S 28 Door rail model DB, EK, FK for single-action doors H = Installation height dimension With elongated pivots, the installation height dimension "H" is increased by the respective spindle extension Model S H DB, EK, FK 10 mm 24 mm TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS … 5 … N V F – O R D E R I N FO R MAT I O N DIN Direction Designation TS 550 NV F door closer Size EN 3-6, closing effect from 180°, without hold-open function, delayed closing possible, door leaf weight up to 300 kg (without cover plate and accessories) Spindle extension Version ID no. left silver-coloured 132755 right silver-coloured 132754 brass 125890 stainless steel 125888 stainless steel optic 137586 Floor spring cover plate for TS 550 NV / TS 550 NV F / TS 550 NV E ACCESSORIES Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK Spindle cap for floor spring with flat cone, including clamping-extension bolt 12 left left EV1 006794 left aluminium, matt 006792 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 right aluminium, matt 006796 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 left aluminium, matt 045184 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 right aluminium, matt 045011 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 left/right EV1 001090 left/right aluminium, matt 001089 left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 left aluminium, matt 037917 right stainless steel optic 137642 right EV1 038302 right aluminium, matt 038284 left/right … mm 050644 left/right … mm 010337 left/right … mm 050930 left/right 10 mm 010338 left/right 13 mm 052170 left/right 15 mm 010347 left/right 20 mm 010372 left/right 25 mm 010373 left/right 28 mm 050931 left/right 30 mm 010374 left/right 35 mm 010377 left/right 40 mm 010378 left/right 45 mm 010381 left/right 50 mm 010385 29 30 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | For single leaf single and double-action doors | TS 550 NV F TS 55 … N V F – OR D E R I N FO R MAT I O N Designation Spindle cap for floor spring … 2 with square for single-action doors, including clamping-extension bolt DIN Direction Spindle extension left … mm 053954 right … mm 053955 left … mm 053956 right … mm 053957 left 10 mm 053958 right 10 mm 053959 left 15 mm 053960 right 15 mm 053961 left 20 mm 053962 right 20 mm 053963 left 25 mm 053964 right 25 mm 053965 Version ID no. Door rails for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors flat cone 044579 square 037581 Door rails for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors flat cone 008269 square 006696 Door rails for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors flat cone 008270 square 006699 Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model DB, for rebated & flush-impact metal and wooden doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model EK, for welding to steel doors Pivot hinge for single-action doors* Model FK, for welding for steel doors combination a 044676 combination b DIN left 044697 combination b DIN right 044680 combination c 044787 combination a 006719 combination b DIN left 000889 combination b DIN right 000890 combination c 000891 combination a 006724 combination b DIN left 000895 combination b DIN right 000896 combination c 000897 … It may be necessary to use a longer pivot depending on the installation situation. This is a simple process for all floor-mounted door closer versions in the TS 500 NV/TS 550 NV series by unscrewing the standard pivot and attaching the longer pivot. … Only permissible for fire and smoke protection doors when this use is included in the approval certificate for the door. *For more detailed information about the combination options see page 35 ff. TS 550 NV F | For single leaf single and double-action doors |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TS 550 NV F, HafenCity University, Hamburg, Germany (photo: Stefan Dauth) 31 32 33 SW ING D O ORS Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | TS 137b / TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearingand cover plate TS 137b / TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearing and cover plate … WITH FLAT CONICAL SPINDLE, MAX. DOOR WEIGHT 250 KG, 75 X 70 MM WITH REINFORCEMENT PLATE 70 25 45 34,5 19,5 25 75 72 34 80 Pivot bearing with flat conical spindle Pivot bearing with flat conical spindle FLOO R -M OU N T E D P I VOT B E A R I N G S A N D COVER PLATES – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Designation Spindle extension Version ID no. TS 137 b floor-mounted pivot bearing with flat conical spindle, max. door weight 250 kg, 75x70 mm with reinforcement plate … mm silver-coloured 009788 … mm silver-coloured 009790 TS 32 b floor-mounted pivot bearing with square spindle, door weight max. 250 kg, 75 x 70 mm with thrust bearing … mm silver-coloured 010556 … mm silver-coloured 010564 stainless steel 012846 Cover plate for floor-mounted pivot bearing for type TS 137 b and TS 32 b Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 10 19 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E D B FO R S I N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 217 45 48 48 48 24 48 52 33 Door rail model DB … Door rail model DB S 19,5 a 167 46 46 … 46 b 20 45 53 S 33 S c Pivot hinge model DB Pivot hinge model DB IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 … 16 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 … 20 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 … 24 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 35 36 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | TS Door 137b rail/and TS 32 pivot b floor-mounted hinge for single pivot action bearingand doors cover plate D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E D B FO R S I N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors ¹ Designation flat cone galvanised 044579 square galvanised 037581 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model DB, for rebated & flush-mounted metal and timber doors ¹ combination a galvanised 044676 combination b DIN left galvanised 044697 combination b DIN right galvanised 044680 combination c galvanised 044787 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 19 10 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E E K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 35 36 33 Door rail model EK … S a … Door rail model EK 33 38,5 S 36 b S c Pivot hinge model EK Pivot hinge model EK IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 27 13 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 31 17 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 35 21 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 37 38 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E E K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O RS – O R DER I N FO R MATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … Designation flat cone phosphated 008269 square phosphated 006696 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model EK, for welding to steel doors … combination b DIN left phosphated 006719 combination b DIN left phosphated 000889 combination b DIN left phosphated 000890 combination b DIN left phosphated 000891 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Door rail and pivot hingefor single-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rail and pivot hinge for single-action doors 10 19 D OOR R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E F K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S 35 78 33 Door rail model FK S 19,5 a … Door rail model FK … 40 S 78 b 33 S c Pivot hinge model FK Pivot hinge model FK IN STALLATION D I M E N S I O N S CO MBI N AT I O N a b c Dimension = S S S Pivot pin 41 mm without intermediate ring 41 28 15 Pivot pin 45 mm without intermediate ring 45 32 19 Pivot pin 49 mm without intermediate ring 49 36 23 Standard version with 45 mm pivot pin. 41 mm and 49 mm pivot pins must be ordered separately. 39 40 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Door rail and pivot hingefor single-action doors D OO R R A IL A N D P I VOT H I N G E F K FO R SI N G LE-ACTI O N DO O R S – O RDER I N FO RMATI O N Version ID no. Door rail for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors … Designation flat cone phosphated 008270 square phosphated 006699 Pivot hinge for single-action doors Model FK, for welding for steel doors … combination a phosphated 006724 combination b DIN left phosphated 000895 combination b DIN right phosphated 000896 combination c phosphated 000897 … standard length of pivot pin = 45 mm Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted and rebated doors) | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted and rebated doors) 25 SU ITAB LE FOR M O D E LS D B, E K , F K 76 36 32 R 25 Cover cap, right Cover caps for door rail models DB, EK, FK COV E R CAP S FO R D O O R R A I LS – O R D ER I N FO RMATI O N Designation DIN/ISO direction Version ID no. Cover caps for door rails (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left stainless steel optic 137586 left EV1 006794 right stainless steel optic 137577 right EV1 006798 left stainless steel optic 137618 left EV1 045196 right stainless steel optic 137617 right EV1 045155 Cover caps for door rails (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK ¹ … The cover caps for the door rails and the pivot hinge lower part are ground by 14 mm for installation on rebated doors. 41 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) 23 SU ITA B LE FOR M O D E LS D B, E K , F K 23 47 … 79 28 36 42 R1 … Cover cap, right Cover caps for pivot hinge models DB, EK, FK COVE R CAP S FOR P I VOT H I N G ES – O R D E R I N FO RMATI O N Designation DIN/ISO direction Version ID no. Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK left/right EV1 001090 left/right stainless steel optic 137640 Cover caps for pivot hinges (rebated doors) suitable for models DB, EK, FK ¹ left stainless steel optic 137641 left EV1 037918 right EV1 038302 right stainless steel optic 137642 … The cover caps for the door rails and the pivot hinge lower part are ground by 14 mm for installation on rebated doors. Door rails for double-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Door rails for double-action doors M OD E LS CM , C A N D S 60 A 33,2 10 19 232,2 A-A Door rail model CM 30 30 60 60 55 24 30 20 19 10 6,5 Ø 12 22,5 Door rail model C 90° Door rail model C 125 … 30 25 Ø 30 Door rail model S Door rail model S A 43 44 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | Cover caps for pivot hinges (flush-mounted and rebated doors) D OO R R A ILS FOR D O U B LE-ACT I O N D O O R S – O R DER I N FO R MATI O N Designation Version ID no. Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, on-site adaptation to profile system, without surface treatment galvanised 021817 Door rail for double-action doors Model CM, for metal doors, adapted to profile system ¹ flat cone galvanised 001067 Door rail for double-action doors Model C, for metal and timber doors flat cone galvanised 007432 Door rail for double-action doors Model S, for welding to steel doors flat cone phosphated 007434 … The profile system and profile combination used must be specified with the order. Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors M OD E LS B A N D C, S U I TA B LE FO R D O O R R AI LS C, CM, S 10 23 25 … 5 23 175 75 30 - 50 85 25 135 Adjustable pivot hinge model B Adjustable pivot hinge model B 14 10 23 20 … 5 23 175 36 - 58 25 94 140 Adjustable pivot hinge model C Adjustable pivot hinge model C ADJU STA B LE P I VOT H I N G E , C OV E R PA N EL AN D FR O N T PAN EL FO R DO UBLE-ACTI O N DO ORS – O R D E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Pivot pin Version ID no. Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model B, suitable for C, CM, S door rails pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006371 pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000108 pivot pin 65 mm galvanised 000903 pivot pin 43 mm galvanised 006666 pivot pin 55 mm galvanised 000905 pivot pin 65 mm galvanised 000904 Adjustable pivot hinge for double-action doors Model C, suitable for C, CM, S door rails 45 46 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PR OD U CT S CALE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 163692 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set comprising: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159656 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-5 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 159657 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 according to RAL² 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 according to RAL² 170524 Manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 47 48 49 SW ING D O ORS Glass clamping fittings Glass doors are popular – they provide perspective and have a timeless design. Glass clamping fittings should also fit in harmoniously. GEZE Glass Fittings will win you over with their conservative appearance and diversity. Depending on your interior, you can choose between surfaces made from satined and polished stainless steel. And to ensure that transparency is not at the expense of safety, we have lockable glass clamping fittings to meet your special needs – locks with strike boxes. 50 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | GEZE Glass Fittings GEZE Glass Fittings GEZE Glass Fittings ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N For indoor and outdoor systems For single-action and double-action doors For static all-glass systems For toughened safety glass For glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm Door leaf weights of up to 100 kg Suitable for single and double leaf swing doors PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES  Elegant cover caps made of polished or brushed stainless steel  Problem-free adjustment for glass thicknesses of 10 – 12 mm GEZE Glass Fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA G LASS F I TT I N G S GEZE Glass Fittings PRODUCT FEATURES Design depth irrespective of thickness of glass 32 mm Variable pivot point with double-action doors 53 and 63 mm Tightening torques of the clamping screws … Nm Burglar-resistant installation of the door fitting / insert ● Shims for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm delivered by GEZE Door leaf height max. 2800 mm Door leaf width max. 1000 mm Door leaf weight max. 100 kg Floor springs that can be used with flat conical spindle– TS TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV Locks prepared for profile cylinders EURO-PZ 30/30 ● = yes STA N DA R D IN STALLAT I O N Example of installation without fanlight PT24 PT24 PT24 PT24 PT20 PT20 PT20 PT20 US50 PT20 GK50 PL50 PT10 PT24 US50 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PL55 PL50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PT10 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PT10 US50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV Example of installation with fanlight PT84 PT30 PT63 US50 PT10 PL50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV PL50 PL50 US50 GK50 PT40 PT40 GK50 PT20 PT20 US50 PT10 PT10 US50 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV GK20 PT40 PT20 PT20 PT10 TS 500 NV / TS 550 NV GK50 PL55 PL50 51 52 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Corner fittings and pivot bearings Corner fittings and pivot bearings PT 10 - LOW E R S W I N G LE A F C O R N E R F I TT I N G PT 20 - U PP E R S W I N G LE A F C O R N E R F I TT I N G PT 24 - U PP E R P I VOT W I T H P I VOT B E A R I N G BO LT Corner fittings and pivot bearings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PT 21 – U PP E R P I VOT B E A R I N G W I T H S CR EW- O UT PI VOT BEAR I N G BO LT 175 … 23 14 25 122 53 25 R8 … ø2 (2 / 12) 146 … 3 30 20 45 175 ø15 … (53) 63 D L-F L – FLOOR - M O U N T E D P I VOT B E A R I N G … 13 … 53/63 44 19 ø31 27,5 … 36 100 32 D L-R D – FLOO R - M O U N T E D P I VOT B E A RI N G 80 … 4 53/63 60 53 54 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Corner fittings and pivot bearings ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE Glass Fitting PT 10 Bottom side-hung leaf corner fitting with mount for flat conical spindle with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169752 polished stainless steel 180438 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 20 Top side-hung leaf corner fitting with mount for pivot bearing bolts (15 mm dia.) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169763 polished stainless steel 180439 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 24 Upper pivot bearing with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) and screw platewith installation materials matt stainless steel 169774 polished stainless steel 180489 PT 21 Top pivot bearing with screw-out pivot bearing bolts galvanised 010739 DL-FL Floor-mounted pivot bearing with flat tapered bolts (FL) stainless steel 135393 DL-RD Floor-mounted pivot bearing with round bolts (RD) stainless steel 135555 stainless steel 146396 ACCESSORIES DL-FL cover plate Cover plate for concealed installation of the DL-FL with … mm floor level clearance of the side-hung leaf Fanlight and connecting fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Fanlight and connecting fittings PT … 0 - FA N L I G H T F I TT I N G W I T H P I VOT BEAR I N G BO LT PT … 0 - A N GLE D FA N L I G H T F I TT I N G W ITH PI VOT BEARI N G BO LT PT … 4 - C ON N ECT I N G F I TT I N G S FO R G LASS- WALL AN D G LASS- CEI LI N G (DO UBLE) 55 56 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Fanlight and connecting fittings PT 90 - C ON N ECT I N G F I TT I N G S FO R G LASS- WALL AN D G LASS- CEI LI N G (SI N G LE) PT 63 - B R AC K E T A N D C O R N E R C O N N ECT I N G FI TTI N G W I TH DO O R STO P PT 24 - U PP E R P I VOT W I T H P I VOT B E A R I N G BO LT Fanlight and connecting fittings | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings OR D E R IN FORMAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GEZE Glass Fitting PT 30 Fanlight fitting with pivot bearing bolts (15 mm dia.) and wall attachment accessories with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169764 polished stainless steel 180440 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 40 Angle fanlight fitting with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169765 polished stainless steel 180441 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 84 Connecting fittings for glass-wall/glass-ceiling (double) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169766 polished stainless steel 180482 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 90 Connecting fitting for glass-wall/glass-ceiling (single) with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169767 polished stainless steel 180483 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 63 Bracket/corner connecting fitting with door stop with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169768 polished stainless steel 180484 GEZE Glass Fitting PT 24 Upper pivot bearing with pivot bearing bolt (15 mm dia.) and screw plate with installation materials matt stainless steel 169774 polished stainless steel 180489 IS-BS Door stop insert for PT 30 / 40 black 135105 IS-BLK Blind insert for PT 30 / 40 matt stainless steel 135349 polished stainless steel 135106 ACCESSORIES 57 58 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Locks and strike boxes Locks and strike boxes PL 55 - FITTIN G FO R MA N UAL LO C K I N G D E VI CE , W I TH R O UN D BO LTS U S 50 R D - LOC K I N G F I TT I N G C E N T R E LO CK W I TH R O UN D BO LT U S 50 - LOC K IN G F I TT I N G C E N T R E LO C K W I TH SQUARE BO LT Locks and strike boxes | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings PL … 0 R D - LO C K I N G F I TT I N G C O R N E R LO CK W I TH RO UN D BO LT PL … 0 - LOC K I N G F I TT I N G C O R N E R LO CK W I TH SQUARE BO LT GK … 0 - ST R IK E B OX FO R LO C K I N G F I TTI N G CEN TR E LO CK 46,5 59 60 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Glass clamping fittings | Locks and strike boxes GK 20 - FA N L IGH T ST R I K E B OX ( D O U B LE ) FO R TWO CO RN ER LO CK FI TTI N G S 46,5 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 55 Fitting for manual locking device, with round bolts with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169769 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting US 50 RD Lock fitting central lock with round bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169770 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting US 50 Lock fitting centre lock with flat bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169776 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 50 RD Lock fitting corner lock with round bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169775 matt stainless steel GEZE Glass Fitting PL 50 Lock fitting centre lock with flat bolt with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm, with Euro profile cylin- polished stainless steel der and strike plate / recess 169777 180485 180486 180491 180490 180492 GEZE Glass Fitting GK 50 Strike boxes for locking fitting central lock with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169772 polished stainless steel 180488 GEZE Glass Fitting GK 20 Fanlight strike box (double) for two corner lock fittings with installation materials for glass thicknesses 10 and 12 mm matt stainless steel 169771 polished stainless steel 180487 GEZE Glass Fitting Round bolt strike Locking recess for lock fittings with round bolts with installation materials matt stainless steel 169778 polished stainless steel 180493 GEZE Glass Fitting Square bolt strike Strike plate for locking fittings with flat bolt with installation materials matt stainless steel 169779 polished stainless steel 180494 ACCESSORIES Locks and strike boxes | Glass clamping fittings |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) 61 62 63 SW ING D O ORD Modular fixed panel profile systems The clip-on aluminium cover profile can easily be replaced without changes to the basic system. This is made possible by the clamping plates that can be freely positioned in the profile and which adjust to all glass thicknesses. Construction components outside of the system such as glazing blocks to calibrate the glass panes art required because the relevant calibration units are integrated within the clamping system. This simplifies installation, reduces stocks and increases safety. The clamping screws on the clamping plate are screwed into the freely positionable threaded nuts which secures them against unauthorised removal. 64 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Modular fixed panel profile systems | Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Modular fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 ARE AS OF APPLI CATI O N For glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm For secured outer areas For toughened safety glass (ESG) For horizontal and vertical glass edging For use in combination with Glass Fittings and Pendulo double-action doors Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 | Modular fixed panel profile systems |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings TEC HN ICAL DATA FO R M O D U LAR F I X E D PAN EL PRO FI LE SYSTEMS Product features Profile design 40 Overall depth 30 mm Profile height 40 mm Usable glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm Installation heights (max.) 4,000 mm Glass pane weight (max.) 150 kg Glass pane width (max.) 2,500 mm Available surfaces Silver-coloured and stainless steel optic anodised Material Aluminium Length (max.) 6,000 mm Burglar-resistant installation of the fitting yes Cover caps Aluminium/Stainless steel Position of the clamping unit in the basic profile variable * without front end caps also for 12 mm PROD U CT S CALE D R AW I N G MO DU LA R FI X E D PANEL PROF ILE WITH CL IP- O N C OVE R P RO FILE DESIG N … 0 SYST E M C OMP O N E N TS Basic profile Basic profile 65 66 Floor springs andglass clamping fit tings  | Modular fixed panel profile systems | Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 Clamping units Clamping units Clamping shim for … mm glass thickness Clamping insert for … mm glass thickness Safety set for fanlights and free-hanging glass panes Safety set for fanlights and free-hanging glass Fixed panel profile with clip-on cover profile design 40 | Modular fixed panel profile systems |  Floor springs andglass clamping fi t tings Clip-on cover profile design 40 Clip-on cover profile design 40 B End cover caps for profile design 40 Front side cover cap profile design 40, glass thicknesses 8, 10 and 12 mm B = Width (30 mm for glass thicknesses … and 10 mm, 32 mm for glass thickness 12 mm) OR D E R IN FORMAT I O N Designation surface Version ID no. Clamping system units Set 20 Basic set for basic profiles, consisting of 20 clamping jaws 8-12 mm, 20 fixing screws, 20 threaded nuts, 20 adjusting wedges, 20 clamping inserts and 20 sealing insert sections 156692 Clamping system unit Set 01 for basic profile each consisting of one clamping jaw 8-12 mm, fixing screw, screw-in nut, adjustment wedge and clamping insert 151810 Clamping shims (fixed panel) Set 40 for … mm glass thickness, adequate for 20 clamping units (Set = 40 pc.) 156758 Clip-on cover profile design 40– aluminium anodised anodised stainless steel optic 151137 Front side cover cap for profile design 40 for glass thicknesses … and 10 mm (set = … pc.) anodised EV1 brushed Matt stainless steel 156701 Front side cover cap for profile design 40 for glass thickness 12 mm (set = … pc.) Set safety variant for fanlights and free-hanging glass panes consisting of … pieces glass protection sleeves and … safety screws EV1 155742 156700 anodised EV1 brushed Matt stainless steel 156717 156716 156760 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_04 ID no. 091607 EN Subject to change without notice

Activation devices and sensors

DOOR, WINDOW AND SAFETY TECHNOLOGY Activation devices and sensors … GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS … Contents Overview table … Overview: activation devices and sensors … ACTIVATION GC 308 radar movement detector 10 GC 302 radar movement detector 13 GC 307+ proximity switch 16 Air 20-Var active infrared detector 18 Wireless programme 20 Activation button 24 LED sensor switches 26 PR OTECTION GC 342 laser scanner 30 GC 342+ laser scanner 33 GC 338 sensor strip 36 GC 335 sensor strip 39 GC 341 active infrared detector 42 GC 339+ active infrared detector 46 COMB IN E D D E T ECTO R S GC 365 combined detector 52 GC 363+ combined detector 56 P R OGR AMME SW I TC H ES A N D K E Y SW I TCHES Programme switches 62 Key switches 64 Safety switches and emergency push buttons 66 SMOK E S W ITC H ES A N D C O N T R O L U N I TS RSZ … smoke switch control unit 70 AC C ES S OR IES 74 R E FE R E N C ES 78 … GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Overview table Overview table APPL ICATION OF ACT I VAT I O N D E V I C ES O N AUTO M ATI C DO O R SYSTEM S AN D W I N DOW S Swing doors Sliding doors Curved sliding doors Revolving doors Radar movement detector ● ● ● ● AIR light switch ● Wireless programme ● ● ● Mechanical push buttons ● ● ● Sensor switches ● ● ● Rotary switch contact ● Windows ACTIVATION PRESENCE DETECTOR Photoelectric barriers Sensor strips ● ● ● Active infrared light curtains Laser scanner ● ● ● ● ● ● ● COMBINED DETECTORS Radar including active infrared detector ● ● PROGRAMME SWITCH Programme switch ● ● ● ● Key switch ● ● ● ● Main / safety switch ● ● ● ● SMOKE SWITCHES AND CONTROL UNITS Smoke switches and control units ● = Yes ● … 6 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Overview: activation devices and sensors Activation devices and sensors ACTIVATION OF AU TO M AT I C D R I V ES For the reliable operation of an automatic door, the choice of the appropriate activation device is of considerable importance. The product range of the GEZE activation devices offers the optimum activation device for every door situation. The GEZE activation devices control and protect all GEZE automatic solutions according to international standards. Supplied from a single source, they enable complete solutions for individual needs. AU TO MATIC S WIN G D O O R SYST E M S Automatic swing door systems from GEZE ease the opening of a door whenever manual opening is too hard or inconvenient. They are recommended in public as well as in private buildings wherever ease of access, accessibility, safety and hygiene are necessary or where energy has to be saved: in shopping centres, schools, office or industrial buildings, airports, hospitals, vestibules or private homes. … 1 10 … 4 … 5 … 9 … 1 = swing door drive | … = radar movement detector | … = plastic elbow switch … = programme switch with key switch | … = proximity switch … = elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = manual trigger switch … = LED sensor foot switch | 10 = laser scanner AU TO MATIC S LIDI N G D O O R SYST E M S Sliding doors are space-saving, elegant and modern. They are ideal as glass solutions when natural daylight is to be used and visual criteria must be met. With automatic sliding door systems from GEZE, various user scenarios can be realised within one building. In the entrance area, in vestibules or for automating interior doors, the automatic sliding doors from GEZE combine design and universal ease of access. They also meet the demands made on escape and rescue routes. … = sliding door drive | … = moving leaf | … = fixed panel | … = combined detector … = active infrared detector | … = programme switch with key switch … = plastic elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = proximity switch 10 = elbow switch | 11 = LED sensor foot switch | 12 = photoelectric barriers Overview: activation devices and sensors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS … DIN 18650 The industrial norm DIN 18650 was created to guarantee operators and users of automatic doors optimum safety. GEZE automatic doors as well as activation devices and sensors are type-tested to DIN 18650 and certified. EN 16005 The European standard EN 16005 sets out the design specifications and testing methods used to ensure the safe use of automatic doors. The new norm has created a Europe-wide safety standard for automatic doors. All automatic door systems and safety sensors from GEZE meet the EN 16005 standard and are available. AUTOMATIC R E VO LV I N G D O O R SYST E MS … The TSA 325 NT drive variant with its customer-specific diameter, as well as height and canopy height, is the focal point of modern façade design – especially in large and representative buildings. Different materials for door leaves and drum walls offer a variety of design options. The revolving door is designed to take heavy loads and is thus the ideal solution for places that have a high frequency of visitors. Thanks to its high insulating effect against weather conditions, it also saves energy and ensures a good, consistent indoor climate. … 1 … 5 1= revolving door drive (can alternatively be installed in the floor) | … = radar movement detector | … = active infrared detector | … = emergency stop push button … = programme switch with key switch (bollard on-site) AU TOMATIC C U RV E D SL I D I N G D O O R SYSTEM S … 2 Automatic curved sliding door systems are a function and design element at the same time. Even with small outer dimensions, they create enormous space for the passage. The door systems can be given a convex or concave form and can be connected to the building in several different ways. … 1 … 1 = sliding door drive | … = combined detector | … = active infrared detector … = programme switch with key switch (bollard on site) … 9 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Activation The right type of activation makes all the difference. Because it gives your automatic door maximum accessibility. Radar movement detectors, wireless activation via radio signal, and a variety of push button and switch variants are available. Discover the advantages of the individual elements. You’ll find just the activation type you desire from us, which is in keeping with international standards and guidelines – for opening and closing your automatic door safely and in an energy-efficient manner. 10 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 308 GC 308 Radar movement detector with individual adjustment option for activating automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing and revolving doors Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Individual settings for challenging environmental conditions Configuration possible via push buttons or remote control Compact dimensions, suitable for … cm profile heights Integrated motion tracking also records slow movements Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduces energy consumption in the building Door opening impulse only triggered if needed GC 308 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 308 Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Transmission frequency … GHz Operating voltage 12-24 V DC +30% /-10% / 12-24 V AC ± 10% Operating current 100 mA Output Potential-free relay output Connection type System plug-type connector Height 50 mm Width 120 mm Depth 50 mm Installation height (min.) 1800 mm Installation height (max.) 4000 mm Connector cable length 2500 mm Weight 280 g IP rating IP54 Service temperature -20 – 55 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals RED 2014/53/EU RoHS 2011/65/EU PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 50,4 119,7 48,1 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Narrow field (1): min. … x … m (B x T), max. … x … m (B x T) | Wide field (2): min. … x … m (B x T), max. … x … m (B x T) Values given measured at installation height of … 11 12 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 308 D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 308 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 308 83,5 127,4 68,5 50,3 190 161,9 … ~ 31 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Ausführung Id.Nr. black 203603 white 203604 stainless steel colour 203605 Weather hood GC 308 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 203610 Ceiling installation kit GC 308 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 203607 white 203608 Mounting bracket GC 308 For attaching the sensor to the ceiling black 203609 GC 308 R radar movement detector Radar movement detector with individual adjustment option for activating automatic doors 190 ZUBEHÖR GC 308 Retrofit Interface For simple and time-saving wiring of the sensor on pre-wired doors (1 packaging unit = 12 pieces) Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE GC 308 on Revo.PRIME revolving door (photo: GEZE GmbH) 203627 black 100061 GC 302 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS GC 302 Radar movement detector for activating automatic doors AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Interior and exterior doors P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Convenient commissioning with pre-programmed settings Configuration possible via push buttons or remote control Clearly defined radar field (narrow or wide field) with reliable detection Integrated motion tracking also records slow movements Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduce energy consumption in the building Door opening impulse only triggered if needed 13 14 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 302 TECHN ICAL DATA GC 302 Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Transmission frequency … GHz Operating voltage 12 – 36 V DC / 12 – 28 V AC Operating current approx. 50 mA at 24 V DC Output GC 302 R: Potential-free relay output, 48 V AC/DC, … A AC/1 A DC, 60 VA/30 W Output current present: no detection/no fault, output current < … V DC or no current: detection or fault Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 62 mm Width 176 mm Depth 52 mm Installation height (max.) 4000 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Weight 150 g IP rating IP54 Service temperature -20 – 60 °C Humidity 0–90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650 / EN 16005 PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 52 62 47 176 D ET ECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N E X A M PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Narrow field (1): min. … x … m (W x D), max. … x … m (W x D) | Wide field (2): min. … x … m (W x D), max. … x … m (W x D) Values given measured at installation height of … m and incline of 35° GC 302 – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS D IME N S ION AL D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO RI ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 302 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 302 92 … 45,20 … 57 13 13 6,60 207 *) 191 ø 24 150 92 *) 175 * = Ceiling cut-out OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 302 R radar movement detector Radar movement detector for activating automatic doors black according to RAL 124087 124088 Weather hood GC 302 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use EV1 115339 Ceiling installation kit GC 302 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling white 115384 Remote control GC 302 Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 302 red 099575 ACCESSORIES Deutsche Telekom, Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) 15 16 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – GC 307+ GC 307+ Non-contact proximity switch for activating automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, revolving and curved sliding doors Interior and exterior doors Rooms with high hygiene demands PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Doors can be opened without a need for tactile perception External input for LED colour change Detects persons and objects in a detection area of 10 – 60 cm Scanning ranges adjustable to make environmentally and user-specific adjustments Hand-height isntallation ensures convenient, bacteria-free access Can also be installed behind tiles or glass Adjustable via DIP switches and remote control: acoustic feedback, LED colours, LED animations, pulse/toggle mode Toilet control function for locking and automatic unlocking of toilets GC 307+ – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 307+ Technology Electro-magnetic radar waves Output Electric relay IP rating IP65 Type of connection Screw terminal Scanning range adjustment vie DIP switch, via remote control Installation height at hand level Transmission frequency … GHz Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Approvals RED 2014/53/EU, RoHS 2011/65/EU PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 14,1 20 … 7 80 … 80 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Detection range: 10–60 cm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Type of installation Version ID no. GC 307+ (hand icon) Proximity switch to activate automatic doors flush-mounted alpine white 193226 surface-mounted alpine white 195727 GC 307+ (WC icon) Proximity switch to activate automatic doors Suitable for Powerturn, EMD and standard sliding doors flush-mounted alpine white 195750 surface-mounted alpine white 195751 17 18 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – AIR 20-VAR AIR 20-Var Light switch for monitoring the door handle of automatic swing doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Door handle monitoring for activation of automatic swing doors Presence detector for persons or objects in small areas Occupied checks in personal and security interlocking door systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Active infrared light sensor Scanning range variably adjustable from … – … m AIR 20-VAR – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA AIR 20-Var Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 12 – 30 V DC / 18 – 28 V AC Operating current approx. 50 mA Output Potential-free relay output, 48 V AC/DC, 0,5 A AC / … A DC, 55 VA / 24 W, switching type: light switching (output contact closed on detection) Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 66 mm Width 72 mm Depth 49 mm Scanning range adjustment … – … m Installation height (min.) 1200 mm Installation height (max.) 2200 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Light beam cross-section 60 x 60 mm IP rating IP52 Service temperature -20 – 60 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals CE according to EMC Directive 89/336 EEC 66 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 47 49 72 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at a scanning range of … m OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. AIR 20-Var Light switch for monitoring the door handle of automatic swing doors black 082689 19 20 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – WIRELESS PROGRAMME Wireless programme WTH-1 remote control WTH-2 remote control WTH-4 remote control Wireless activation with system – reliable, convenient and safe at the touch of a button ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N FO R T R A N SM I T TERS Transmission frequency … MHz Safe encryption of radio signals using rolling code (approx. 74 trillion code combinations) Radio range up to 30 m inside the building LED function display for battery and transmission check  Universal use for doors, windows and smoke and heat extraction systems which can be wirelessly activated individually, together or in groups within one system design ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N FO R R EC E I V E RS Simple teach-in of the transmitters via learn button with acoustic feedback  Up to 85 transmitters on the WRM receiving module can be taught-in; up to 12 transmitters can be taught-in on the WRB-5 radio reception board  DIP switches for selecting receiver mode of operation (pulse mode, pulse and permanent mode, dead man’s mode, self-adjusting mode) Tiniest housing dimensions for integrated installation within the drive or a flush-mounted box IP54 surface-mounted version for protected outdoor use … outputs for individual connection possibilities WIRELESS PROGRAMME – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 21 WTM transmitting module WRM-24 receiving module WRM-24B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRM-230 receiving module WRM-230B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRB-5 radio reception board 22 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – WIRELESS PROGRAMME TECHN ICAL DATA WTH-1 remote control WTH-2 remote control WTH-4 remote control Specifications incl. wall bracket incl. wall bracket incl. wall bracket Version … channel … channels … channels IP rating IP54 IP54 IP54 Dimensions 78 x 51 x 15 mm 78 x 51 x 15 mm 78 x 51 x 15 mm Battery 12 V, 45 mAh A235 12 V, 45 mAh A235 12 V, 45 mAh A235 Battery life cycle 30,000 operations 30,000 operations 30,000 operations WTM transmitting module WRM-24 receiving module WRM-24B receiving module in IP-54 housing Specifications incl. … connector cables … outputs, incl. protective casing relay contact 100 mA, 48 V (can be clipped in KFT elbow switch) Version … outputs, relay contact 100 mA, 48 V Flush-mounted (UP) Surface-mounted (AP) IP rating IP20 IP20 IP54 Dimensions 44 x 30 x 11 mm 52 x 47 x 23 mm 130 x 80 x 35 mm Battery … V, 150 mAh CR2032 Battery life cycle 50,000 operations 24 V, … mA in standby 24 V, … mA in standby WRM-230 receiving module WRM -230B receiving module in IP-54 housing WRB-5 radio reception board Specifications … outputs, … A, 230 V relay contact … outputs, … A, 230 V relay contact … outputs, for clipping onto the DCU control unit Version Flush-mounted (UP) Surface-mounted (AP) Circuit board (for clipping into the control unit) IP rating IP20 IP54 Dimensions 52 x 47 x 23 mm 130 x 80 x 35 mm 44 x 27 x 10 mm 230 V, … mA in standby mode … V, … mA in standby mode Current consumption Current consumption 230 V, … mA in standby mode APPL ICATION MAT R I X FO R W I R E LES S P R O G RAM M E ECdrive T2 Slimdrive Powerdrive Slimdrive EMD WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-24, WRM-24B WRB-5 Pulse and permanent WRM-24, signal WRM-24B WRM-24, WRM-24B WRB-5 E 260 control panel Window drive Operation with latching WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-230, WRM-230B Operation without latching WRM-24, WRM-24B WRM-230, WRM-230B Pulse signal Powerturn ECturn WIRELESS PROGRAMME – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Remote control WTH-1 WTH-2 WTH-4 131209 131210 131211 Transmitting module WTM 131212 KFT elbow switch white, surfacemounted installation niro, surface-mounted installation 114078 114077 Backplate for KFT elbow switch white stainless steel 131219 131220 LS990 elbow switch surface-mounted installation flush-mounted installation 128582 128583 LTA24-AZ vent switch flush-mounted installation 129393 Receiving module WRM-24 WRM-230 131213 131215 Receiving module in the IP54 housing WRM-24B WRM-230B 131214 131216 Radio reception board WRB-5 135170 Installation situation (photo: Studio BE / GEZE GmbH) 23 24 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – ACTIVATION BUT TON Activation button Plastic elbow switch LS990 stainless steel elbow switch Elbow switch stainless steel IP65 Plastic rocker push button AS 500 LS990 stainless steel rocker push button Pull button Activation button for a wide range of different needs for the opening and closing of automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors ACTIVATION BUT TON – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 25 TEC HN ICAL DATA Elbow switch plastic Elbow switch LS990 stainless steel Elbow switch stainless steel Rocker push button plastic AS 500 Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. … mA - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A -1  -pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. … A -1  -pole normally open contact -S  witching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A Version surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP30 / IP67* IP30 IP65 IP20 Dimensions 90 x 180 x 23 mm 81 x 223 x 18 mm (flush-mounted) 81 x 223 x 51 mm (surface-mounted) 75 x 250 x 17 mm 80 x 80 x … mm (flush-mounted) - Wheelchair user label, ID no. 72581 - *Surface-mounted box, ID no. 120503 119898 120888 - *1-pole changeover contact IP67, ID no. 114156 - Wheelchair user label, ID no. 72581 - WTM transmitting module ACCESSORIES - Rear panel, ID no. 131219 131212 (white) ID no. 131220 (stainless steel) - WTM transmitting module 131212 ID no. 114078 (white) 114077 (stainless steel) 141042 (flush-mounted, white) 141041 (surface-mounted, white) 128583 (flush-mounted, stainless steel) 128582 (surface-mounted, stainless steel) Rocker push button LS990 stainless steel Pull button Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A -C  ontact system: … electric strike normally closed contact / … normally opened contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V DC - Switching current: max. 10 mA Version flush-mounted incl. pull line (length … m) IP rating IP20 IP65 Dimensions 81 x 81 x 11 mm 36 x 94 x 34 mm 098396 008607 ACCESSORIES ID no. 26 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Activation – LED SENSOR SWITCHES LED sensor switches LED sensor switch LED sensor switch glass LED sensor switch 20 mm LED sensor foot switch Capacitive push buttons for opening and closing automatic doors with high hygiene demands ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic doors Can be used inside and outside Use in restaurant and catering sector for foot activation LED SENSOR SWITCHES – Activation | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 27 TEC HN ICAL DATA LED sensor switch LED sensor switch glass LED sensor foot switch Specifications - PNP/NPN normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. 400 mA - Current consumption: max. 35 mA at 24 V -P  NP/NPN normally open contact -S  witching voltage: max. 24 V DC - Switching current: max. 400 mA - Current consumption: max. 35 mA at 24 V - PNP normally open contact - PNP normally open contact - Switching voltage: -S  witching voltage: max. 24 V DC max. 24 V DC - Switching current: -S  witching current: max. 400 mA max. 400 mA - Current consumption: - Power consumption: max. 20 mA at 24 V max. 30 mA at 24 V Version Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Flush-mounted IP rating IP69 IP69 IP69K IP69K Dimensions Ø 100 mm Ø 100 mm 100 × 100 mm Ø … mm ACCESSORIES -F  lat mounting ring, ID no. 139009 -H  igh mounting ring, ID no. 139010 Mounting ring, ID no. 184805 Base assembly, ID no. 182941 – 137529 143412 182936 ID no. Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) LED sensor switch 20 mm 143273 28 29 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Protection Play it safe – with our presence detectors. Our GEZE product range has a wide range of sensors for protection available, so that incoming and outgoing people can pass through your automatic door without danger. Thanks to infrared technology, the sensors perceive obstructions – be they people or objects – moving closer towards the door. If the door is opening, the movement is stopped immediately. If it is closing, the sensors arrange for the door to open again via the drive. This means that the greatest protection possible is available. 30 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342 GC 342 VIDEO Laser scanner for the protection of automatic doors and windows with integrated object and wall blanking ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic swing and revolving doors Interior and exterior doors Use on doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Use on doors with continuous vertical pull handle Protection of the main and secondary closing edges on automated windows PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Compact and space-saving safety sensor Narrow detection area secures door leaf widths up to max. 1600 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Protection area on the main closing edge is automatically expanded depending on the door angle Automatized teaching of the system with the push of a button Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 342 Technology Laser scanner, light travel time measurement Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 15% Output Transistor output, max. 42 V DC, max. 100 mA Height 86 mm Width 143 mm Depth 40 mm Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3870 mm Length connector cable 2500 mm Response time Door leaf protection: < 50 ms / finger protection range: < 90 ms IP rating IP54 Service temperature -30 – 60 °C Humidity 0–95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 97 … D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE Protection range: … m at an installation height of … m, … m at an installation height of … m | Depending on the building and door situation, a finger protection shutter may be necessary if people in need of protection are to use the automatic door safely, and in conformity with standards! 31 32 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 342 Kit comprising two sensors for protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167439 167438 167440 GC 342 (left module) comprising one sensor for protecting the swivelling range (DIN left) of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167433 167432 167434 GC 342 (right module) comprising one sensor for protecting the swivelling range (DIN right) of automatic swing doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 white RAL 9016 black stainless steel colour 167436 167435 167437 ACCESSORIES GC 342 fire protection kit Enables a smaller drill hole diameter for the master/slave connecting cable For fire protection doors, you need to check with the door constructor if the door can be drilled through, for testing certification reasons. 189384 GC 342 retrofit interface For wiring the GC 342 to prefabricated doors 189422 experimenta Science Centre, Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) GC 342+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 33 GC 342+ VIDEO Laser scanner for the protection of automatic doors and windows with integrated object and wall blanking A R E AS O F A P P L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic swing doors, especially for the secondary closing edge Interior and exterior doors Use on doors up to 1600 mm leaf width Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Use on doors with continuous vertical pull handle P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Compact and space-saving safety sensor Narrow detection area secures door leaf widths up to max. 1600 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Protection area on the main closing edge is automatically expanded depending on the door angle Automatized teaching of the system with the push of a button Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows Four laser curtains secure a large area, and prevent the door from closing if there is anybody within the door frame, wenn sich jemand unter der Türzarge befindet Laser curtains can be used for non-contact door control via an output signal 34 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 342+ TECHN ICAL DATA GC 342+ Dimensions 145 x 88 x 68 mm Technology Laser scanner, light travel time measurement Number of protection curtains … pc. Output … potential-free relay contacts IP rating IP44 Connector cable length 2500 mm Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3870 mm Response time typical < 120 ms / max. 220 ms (curtain 2) Service temperature -25 °C 60 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005 DIN 18650 BACnet ability No Humidity Humidity Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 … PRO D U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G … ERFAS S U N GS B E R E I CH U N D A N W E N D U N G SBEI SPI EL Protection range: … m at … m installation height, … m at … m installation height GC 342+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS OR D E R IN FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 342+ (left module) Laser scanner with four laser curtains for optimum protection of the hazardous areas - in- white RAL 9016 black cluding the secondary closing edge - of automatic swing doors; stainless steel colour additional output for non-contact activation consisting of a sensor module, cable, and accessories 198671 198669 198693 GC 342+ (right module) Laser scanner with four laser curtains for optimum protection of the hazardous areas - in- white RAL 9016 black cluding the secondary closing edge - of automatic swing doors; stainless steel colour additional output for non-contact activation consisting of a sensor module, cable, and accessories 198692 198670 198694 ACCESSORIES GC 342+ retrofit interface For simple and time-saving retrofitting of the sensor on pre-wired door systems 199498 GC 342+ fire protection adapter Including door connection cable BS/BGS. Reduces the necessary borehole diameter from 10 mm to … mm 210921 35 36 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 338 GC 338 Sensor strip for the protection of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 Interior and exterior doors Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Narrow door profiles PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Energy and space-saving sensor strip for protection Standby mode provides up to 50 % energy savings and increases the life span of the light emitting diodes Close-knit detection area secures leaf widths of up to max. 1500 mm Integrated object and wall blanking near maximum door opening Automatised teaching of the system with the push of a button All settings can be conveniently made by DIP switch Click installation in the sensor cut-out profile reduces installation work GC 338 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 37 TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 338 Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 24 V DC ± 20% Operating current max. 200 mA (1200 series strip), max. 320 mA (1500 series strip) at 30 V DC Output PNP transistor output, max. 30 V DC, max. 100 mA Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Length connector cable 5000 mm Response time < 52 ms and < 200 ms in boost mode IP rating IP52 Service temperature -30 – 60 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 36 40 43 38 Leonberg town hall, Leonberg, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 38 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 338 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 338 pair of sensor strips L= 1200 mm comprising two complete sensor strips for protection of the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 according to RAL 142219 142825 GC 338 pair of sensor strips L= 1500 mm comprising two complete sensor strips for protection of the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 according to RAL 142757 142827 Adaptor for sensor link arm For Powerturn and EMD / EMD-F EV1 according to RAL 144352 153126 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, installation on the hinge side, lever length 330 mm EV1 according to RAL 157450 157451 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, installation on the hinge side, lever length 330 mm EV1 according to RAL 157472 157473 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, opposite hinge side installation, lever length 450 mm EV1 according to RAL 157474 157475 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For Powerturn / Powerturn F, opposite hinge side installation, lever length 450 mm EV1 according to RAL 157476 157477 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN left, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149952 149956 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN right, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149958 149962 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1200 mm for EMD/EMD-F, with lower guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 146205 146209 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN left, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149953 149957 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm For EMD-F-IS DIN right, transom installation opposite hinge side, with deeper guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 149959 149963 GC GR for GC 338 L = 1500 mm for EMD/EMD-F, with lower guide, incl. lever and end caps EV1 according to RAL 146206 146210 ACCESSORIES GC 335 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS GC 335 Sensor strip for the protection of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 Interior and exterior doors Doors along escape and rescue routes Normal flooring P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Sensor strip with high safety standard to protect main and secondary closing edges Detection area secures leaf widths of up to max. 1400 mm Inclination angle and scanning range can be adjusted mechanically 39 40 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 335 TECHN ICAL DATA GC 335 Technology Active infrared beams Operating voltage 24 V DC Operating current 75 mA (master module), 65 mA (slave module) at 24 V DC Output Potential-free relay output, 30 V AC/DC, … A AC/ … A DC Connection type Plug-in screw terminal Height 42 mm Depth 37 cm Dimensions Sensor strip: 310/900/1400 (can be cut to size) x 42 x 37 mm (W x H x D) Sensor module: 179 x 23 x 33 mm (W x H x D) Installation height (min.) 1500 mm Installation height (max.) 2500 mm Length connector cable 1000 mm Response time < 70 ms IP rating IP52 Service temperature -10 – 50 °C Humidity < 90 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 PRO D U K TMAS S ZE I CH N U N G 36 40 43 38 D ET ECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N E X A M PLE … x … m per sensor module | Values given measured at installation height of … m GC 335 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 41 N UM BE R O F MO D U LES ( M AST E R + SLAV E ) P ER S EN S OR STRIP Door leaf width Installation height … m … m 1+2 … m … m 1+3 … m … m … m 1+4 … m 1+5 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 335 sensor strip L = 310 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 129856 according to RAL 129859 GC 335 sensor strip L = 900 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 128054 according to RAL 128057 GC 335 sensor strip L = 1400 mm Protecting the swivelling range of automatic swing and revolving doors in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 EV1 128058 according to RAL 128071 ACCESSORIES Adaptor for sensor link arm For Powerturn and EMD / EMD-F EV1 144352 according to RAL 153126 GC 335 expansion kit With one slave module, connecting cable and clip bearing 128072 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Door transmission cable for GC 335 8-wire 057182 Door transmission cable for sensor Length 300 mm 025901 42 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 341 GC 341 VIDEO Safety sensor for automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic sliding doors Automatic sliding doors without protective leaves to protect secondary closing edges Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Four adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Convenient commissioning via DIP switch GC 341 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 341 Dimensions 267 x 61 x 38 mm Technology Active infrared beams Operating current 100 mA IP rating IP54 Type of connection System plug-type connector Connector cable length 3000 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Humidity < 80 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 Weight 245 g IP rating IP54 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 61 38 267 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … × … m |Values given measured at an installation height of … m 43 44 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 341 … ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 365 / GC 341 max. … 308 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 365 / GC 341 264 125 … 36 … 25 … 30 GC 341 – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 365 / GC 341 69 71 325 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 341 Self-monitored active infrared detector for protecting automatic doors black 160285 Ceiling installation bracket GC 365 / GC 341 black 160286 Weather hood for GC 365 / GC 341 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 160287 Ceiling installation kit GC 365 / GC 341 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 160288 ACCESSORIES Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Retrofit adapter GC 365/341 (10->10 poles) From GC 362/GC 363 to GC 365 or from GC 333/GC 339 to GC 341 204529 Retrofit adapter GC 341 (6->10 poles) For GC 341 (1 PU = 20 pieces) 204531 45 46 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 339+ GC 339+ Safety sensor for automatic sliding, revolving, and curved sliding doors, as well as for windows ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Protection of automatic sliding, revolving and curved sliding doors, as well as of windows Automatic sliding doors without protective leaves to protect the secondary closing edge Interior and exterior doors Protection of the main and secondary closing edges on automated windows PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Ten adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Convenient commissioning via matrix display Auxiliary LEDs aid in optimal positioning of the interior light curtain in front of the door leaves during commissioning Avoidance of hazards at pinching and shearing edges on automated windows All settings can be changed via remote control GC 339+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 339+ Technology Active infrared beams Number of active infrared detectors … Operating voltage 12-24 V DC/AC Operating current 125 mA Output Potential-free relay contact Connection type System plug-type connector Height 58 mm Width 209 mm Depth 47 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Connector cablel ength 2600 mm IP rating IP54 Weight 300 g Service temperature -25 – 55 °C Humidity 0-95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 20 58 ( 38 ) … D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at an installation height of … m 47 48 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Protection – GC 339+ 10 AD JU STA B LE L I G H T CU RTA I N C O N F I G URATI O N S W I THO UT ADDI TI O N AL LI G HT PR I SM S D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES 83 360 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 339+ 65 15 55 209 73 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 339+ 309 21 46 30 max CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 339 GC 339+ – Protection | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 10 CURVED ADAPTOR FOR GC 339+ 20 58 209 187 O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 339+ Self-monitored light curtain for protecting automatic doors, suitable for GEZE GC 363 black according to RAL 151251 151252 Ceiling installation bracket GC 339+ black 153568 Ceiling installation kit GC 363 / GC 339+ Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling white black 151254 151253 Ceiling installation kit GC 339, short Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 200682 ACCESSORIES Curved adaptor for GC 339+ 151540 Weather hood for GC 363, GC 339 + Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 158250 Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE black 100061 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 49 50 51 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Combined detectors It is certain that automatic sliding doors must open early, as soon as people want to access the door. At the same time, the sliding door must not touch people while it is opening and closing. Our GEZE combined detectors will help to ensure that this happens: radar movement detectors with active infrared detectors. They can be individually attached with little installation work and operated by remote control. Learn about the right model for you – whether it is for single or double-leaf sliding doors or for escape and rescue routes as well. 52 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 365 GC 365 Combined detector for activation and protection of automatic sliding doors with four adjustable light curtain configurations ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic sliding doors Interior and exterior doors PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Radar movement detector with active infrared detector and third presence detection Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Four adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Fewer sensors are needed in total due to the large detection area on the floor Look back function secures the area between the door leaves during the hold-open time Installation and parameter setting information provided directly in the sensor housing All settings can be conveniently made by DIP switch VIDEO GC 365 – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 53 TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 365 Dimensions 267 x 61 x 38 mm Technology Electromagnetic radar waves/active infrared beams Operating current 100 mA IP rating IP54 Type of connection System plug-type connector Connector cable length 3000 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Weight 270 g Service temperature -20 °C - 55 °C Humidity 0-80 % relative, non-condensing Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005 IP rating IP54 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 61 38 267 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Radar field Narrow field (1): … x … m (W x D), wide field (2): … x … m (W x D) | Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m | Values given measured at installation height of … m 54 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 365 … ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 365 / GC 341 max. … 308 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 365 / GC 341 264 125 … 36 … 25 … 30 GC 365 – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 365 / GC 341 69 71 325 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Combined detector GC 365 R Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black 160283 Combined detector GC 365 SF Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black 160284 Ceiling installation bracket GC 365 / GC 341 black 160286 Weather hood for GC 365 / GC 341 Protection against precipitation in outdoor use black 160287 Ceiling installation kit GC 365 / GC 341 Installation kit for integrating the detector in the ceiling black 160288 ACCESSORIES Spot finder, device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Retrofit adapter GC 365/341 (10->10 poles) From GC 362/GC 363 to GC 365 or from GC 333/GC 339 to GC 341 204529 Retrofit adapter GC 365 (8->10 poles) For GC 365 (1 PU = 20 pieces) 204530 Bannockburn Visitor Centre, Stirling, United Kingdom (photo: Ian Arthur / GEZE GmbH) 55 56 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 363+ GC 363+ Combined detector for activating and protecting automatic sliding doors with ten different infrared light curtain configuration settings ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic sliding doors Interior and exterior doors Complicated flooring, such as reflective floors, entrance mats, metal rails Wall, ceiling, or integrated ceiling installation PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Radar movement detector with active infrared detector Reliable detection up to an installation height of 3500 mm Ten adjustable light curtain configurations without additional light prisms Reduced installation work needed due to the combination of activation and protection in a single device Movement direction detection and cross-traffic fade-out reduces energy consumption in the building All settings can be changed via remote control Auxiliary LEDs aid in optimal positioning of the active infrared detector in front of the door leaves during commissioning GC 363+ – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS TEC HN ICAL DATA GC 363+ Technology Electromagnetic radar waves/active infrared beams Number of active infrared detectors … Operating voltage 12 – 24 V DC/AC Operating current 125 mA Output Potential-free relay contact Type of connection System plug-type connector Height 58 mm Width 270 mm Depth 58 mm Installation height (min.) 2000 mm Installation height (max.) 3500 mm Weight 400 g Length of connector cable 2600 mm IP rating IP54 Service temperature -25 – 55 °C Humidity … – 95 % relative, non-condensing Approvals EN 16005, DIN 18650 PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 26 58 (32) 269 56 D E TECTION AR E A A N D A P P L I CAT I O N EX AM PLE 0m 1m 2m 3m 3m 2m 1m 0m 1m 2m 3m Radar field Narrow field (1): … x … m (W x D), wide field (2): … x … m (W x D) | Active infrared detector Narrow field: … x … m, wide field: … x … m (W x D) | Values given measured at an installation height of … m 57 58 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Combined detectors – GC 363+ 10 ADJUSTABLE LIGHT CURTAIN CONFIGURATIONS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL LIGHT PRISMS D IM E N S ION A L D R AW I N G S FO R AC CESSO R I ES 46 30 max CEILING INSTALLATION KIT FOR GC 363 21 83 360 CEILING INSTALLATION BRACKET FOR GC 363 15 65 192 270 65 73 WEATHER HOOD FOR GC 363 309 GC 363+ – Combined detectors | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 12 CURVED ADAPTOR FOR GC 363 25 58 269 242 OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. GC 363 R combined detector Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black according to RAL 151237 151238 GC 363 SF combined detector Combined detector for the activation and protection of automatic sliding doors black according to RAL 151239 151240 Ceiling installation bracket GC 363 black 151256 Ceiling installation kit GC 363 / GC 339 Installation kit for integrating the detector into the ceiling white black 151254 151253 ACCESSORIES Curved adaptor for GC 363 151255 Weather hood for GC 363, GC 339 Protection from rainfall in exterior area black 158250 Remote control for sensors Adjustment and parameter setting of GC 363+, GC 339+, GC 342, GC 342+, GC 307+ and GC 304. Compatible with GC 362, GC 333, GC 333 C, GC 363, GC 339 and ACTIV S GE black 100061 Spot finder Device for determining the position of active infrared detectors 112321 Interface GC 363 S Interface for the series connection of a maximum of two GC 363+ SF or GC 363 SF combined detectors for the variants FR-RWS, FR-LL and FR-DUO 151361 Smart Daisy Chain Hub Hub for series connection of up to three sliding door sensors. Only compatible with GC 363+ and GC 339+ sensors 203860 Installation situation (photo: GEZE GmbH) 59 60 61 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Programme switches and key switches If you only want authorised people to be able to operate or control your doors, then lock your doors or clear them with the help of our programme switches. This is especially important for escape and rescue routes, as programme switches are prescribed here for every door system. Choose between mechanical lockable programme switches or display and keypad programme switches which can be combined with a key switch or protected with a code. You will be on the safe side in any event. 62 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – PROGRAMME SWITCHES Programme switches Display programme switch (DPS) with OFF switch Display programme switch with key switch (DPS-SCT) and OFF switch Keypad programme switch (TPS) Keypad programme switch with key switch (TPS-SCT) Mechanical programme switch (MPS) Mechanical programme switch with key (MPS-ST) Mechanical programme switch with rotary knob (MPS-D) Mechanical programme switch with key (MPSD-ST) Programme switches for selection of the operating status of automatic doors 63 PROGRAMME SWITCHES – Programme switches and key switches | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N For surface- and flush-mounted installation  Compatible with: Jung AS 500, A plus, Gira: Standard 55, E2, Esprit, Event, stainless steel (with Gira 028920 intermediate frame), Merten: M-Smart, M-Plan, Berker: B.1, B.7 TEC HN ICAL DATA DPS DPS-SCT TPS TPS-SCT MPS MPS-ST ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL Powerdrive ● ● ● ● ● ● ECdrive T2-FR Slimdrive SL-FR Powerdrive FR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ECturn Slimdrive EMD / -F ● ● Powerturn ● ● TSA 325 NT ●** MPS-D MPS-D-ST ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Key Rotary knob Key Selection of operating status Selection of operating status with simultaneously locking key ●** Push buttons Push buttons Rotary knob Push buttons + key + key operation Push buttons Functionality Parameter setting, Parameter Selection commissetting, Selection of operating Selection commission- sioning and of operating status of operating selection ing status with authoristatus and selection of operating sation status of operating with authoristatus sation Selection of operating status with simultaneously locking key Fault display using numerical code using numerical code via LED blink code via LED blink code Version flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* flush-/ surfacemounted* IP rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Dimensions (WxHxD) ACCESSORIES ID no. via LED via LED warning light warning light 80 x 80 x 11 80 x 152 x 11 80 x 80 x 11 80 x 152 x 11 80 x 80 x 22 80 x 80 x 18 80 x 80 x 22 80 x 80 x 18 mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mm (flush mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) mounted) 80 x 80 x 47 85 x 156 x 47 80 x 80 x 47 85 x 156 x 47 80 x 80 x 58 80 x 80 x 54 80 x 80 x 58 80 x 80 x 54 mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mm (surface mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) mounted*) Euro profiloe half cylinder ID no. 090176 151524 155810 113231 Euro profiloe half cylinderr ID no. 090176 113232 Replacement key ID no. 137054 113226 113227 Replacement key ID no. 137055 118417 118418 * For surface-mounted installation order surface-mounted box 120503 (1-piece) or 128609 for SCT versions (2-piece) separately. ** Special version for revolving doors with ‘Manual’ mode of operation: TPS-KDT (ID no.: 126582) 64 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – KEY SWITCHES Key switches Burglary-resistant key switch (flush-mounted) Burglary-resistant key switch (surface-mounted) Key switch plastic AS 500 Key switch stainless steel (1) Key switch stainless steel (2) Key switch stainless steel (3) Key switches for authorised opening of automatic doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Activation of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Can be used for inside and outside areas as contact authorisation KEY SWITCHES – Programme switches and key switches | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 65 TEC HN ICAL DATA Burglary-resistant key switch AS 500 plastic key switch Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 240 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side Version Flush-mounted (not for standard flush-mounted box) /surface-mounted flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP54 IP20 Dimensions 75 x 75 x 11 mm (flush-mounted) 75 x 75 x 50 mm (surface-mounted) 80 x 80 x 11 mm ACCESSORIES ID no. - *Surface-mounted box, ID no. 120503 - Switch contact, ID no. 024467 - Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 054240 (flush-mounted) 054532 (surface-mounted) 117996 Stainless steel key switch (1) Stainless steel key switch (2) Stainless steel key switch (3) Specifications - 1-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Spring return, one side • 2-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A - Latching, two sides (key removable in Position I) • 2-pole normally open contact - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC - Switching current: max. … A -L  atching or spring return, two sides (key removable in Position I) Version Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Surface-mounted IP rating IP54 IP54 IP54 Dimensions 79 x 79 x 13 mm 79 x 79 x 13 mm 75 x 74 x 66 mm ACCESSORIES Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 Euro profile cylinder, ID no. 090176 ID no. 098870 111357 137056 66 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – SAFETY SWITCHES AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUT TONS Safety switches and emrgency push buttons Manual trigger switch Emergency stop switch with glass pane Emergency push button 220 flush-mounted Emergency push button 220 surface-mounted Manual trigger switch with glass pane Safety switches and emergency push buttons for deactivating the mains voltage and enabling emergency opening of automatic doors GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Programme switches and key switches – SAFETY SWITCHES AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUT TONS 67 A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Protecting automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Use in emergencies for switching off the mains voltage Use in emergencies for opening automatic doors Use during maintenance work for switching off the mains voltage Use for hold-open systems for manual release of hold-open device TEC HN ICAL DATA Manual trigger switch Emergency stop switch with glass pane Manual trigger switch with glass pane Specifications - 1-pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: approx. 10 A - incl. resistance - 1-pole changeover contact - Switching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: max. 10 A - with glow lamp - 1-pole changeover contact -S  witching voltage: max. 250 V AC - Switching current: approx. 10 A - incl. resistance Version flush-/surface-mounted* flush-/surface-mounted* flush-/surface-mounted* IP rating IP40 IP20 IP20 Dimensions 80 x 80 x … mm 80 x 80 x 21 mm 80 x 80 x 21 mm - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Replacement glass panel, ID no.: 010994 - Surface-mounted box, ID no.: 120503 - Replacement glass panel, ID no.: 010994 ACCESSORIES ID no. 116266 120881 Emergency push button 220 UP Emergency push button 220 AP Specifications - Contact system … electric strike / … door closer -S  witching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A - Lighting: 24 V DC at 15 mA - Contact system … electric strike / … door closer - Switching voltage: max. 230 V AC -S  witching current: max. 10 A - Lighting: 24 V DC at 15 mA Version Flush-mounted Surface-mounted IP rating IP40 IP65 Dimensions 80 x 80 x 49 mm 94 x 94 x 122 mm ACCESSORIES 2. Normally closed contact ID no.: 210207 2. Normally closed contact ID no.: 210207 ID no. 210204 210203 Panorama Restaurant at the peak of the Zugspitze, Garmisch Partenkirchen, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) 120880 68 69 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Smoke switches and control units You need to ensure maximum safety in the event of a fire – smoke switch control units on automatic doors are vital here. If smoke or a fire develops, the smoke switch control unit will react early and reliably: the automatic door will close immediately. This is done by cutting the power which the smoke switch control unit normally supplies to the hold-open devices in the door. Practical: You can check the status of the integrated smoke switch at any time via the visual display. 70 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Smoke switches and control units – RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT RSZ … smoke switch control unit VIDEO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Voltage supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control unit status Additional smoke switches can be connected RSZ … SMOKE SWITCH CONTROL UNIT – Smoke switches and control units | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 1 = M5 threaded hole | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = M5 threaded hole OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices Version ID no. silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 simulated stainless 184196 steel¹ according to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set comprising: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems and … pieces GC 172 wireless ceiling-mounted smoke detectors 195524 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, general building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conforms with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, general building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conforms with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 Manual trigger switch Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white 116266 Surface-mounted box, single suitable for the AS 500 switch range Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels Flush-mounted version for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane for 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch 1) Only for dry rooms | 2) Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white 120880 010994 … 71 72 73 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY Accessories If you want to protect your automatic doors even more and protect them from potential damage, you can find further products which increase safety in our accessories range. For example, you can install a floor lock with a Euro profile cylinder, which you can lock with a key as and when needed. Our you might opt for one of our number codelocks, which have a particularly durable structure with cast casing and a metal keypad, protecting it from damage. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you have any questions about our products or installation and retrofitting. 74 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | Accessories Accessories Rotary switch contact Euro profile cylinder for key switch Euro profile cylinder for floor locks Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTI Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Accessories for special demands for the operation and safety of automatic doors Accessories | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS 75 A R E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Activation and protection of automatic swing, sliding, folding, revolving and curved sliding doors Use as contact sensor when door handle is pressed Use for floor locking of sliding doors Use as access control for interior and exterior applications TEC HN ICAL DATA Euro profile cylinder for key switch Rotary switch contact Euro profile cylinder for floor locks Specifications - Euro  profile cylinder for 40 mm - Euro profile cylinder for 46 mm floor locks - Normally open contact (9/37) one-sided locking, for ISO and tough- Switching voltage: max. 24 V DC key switch (10/30), one-sided ened safety glass door fittings, with … keys, locking, with … keys - Switching current: max. 35 mA ID no. 019053 - … m connector cable - Euro profile cylinder for 66 mm floor locks 31/35) two-sided locking, for toughened safety glass door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 091052 - Euro profile cylinder for 71 mm floor locks (31/40) two-sided locking, for ISO door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 023356 - Euro profile cylinder for 71 mm floor locks (31/40) two-sided locking, packed in pairs, for ISO door fittings, with … keys, ID no. 074862 Dimensions 23 x 39 x … mm ID no. 081024 Toplock CT I Toplock CT I B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Operating voltage 12 – 24 V DC / 12 V AC 12 – 24 V DC / 12 V AC 230V AC 230V AC Output potential-free normally open contact 24 V DC 1A potential-free normally open contact 24 V DC 1A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A IP rating IP65 IP65 IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) Dimensions 80 x 80 x 15 mm 60 x 126 x 2.,5 mm 80 x 80 x 15 mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm 60 x 126 x … mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm ID no. 090061 090063 090077 090079 76 77 D O O R , W IN DOW A N D SA FE T Y T EC HN O LO GY References Discover the pioneering buildings which we were able to equip with GEZE activation devices and sensors. We offer the ideal solution for each door situation and this has gained us customers from all over the world: be it automatic drives for swing doors, sliding doors, revolving doors or curved sliding doors – when automatic door systems are involved, activation devices and sensors from GEZE are always the first choice. We offer tested and certified complete solutions for individual needs. 78 GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS | References Vitra Haus, Weil am Rhein, Germany (photo: Oliver Look / GEZE GmbH) experimenta Science Centre, Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) References | GEZE ACTIVATION DEVICES AND SENSORS Gelderlandplein, Amsterdam, Netherlands (photo: Erwin Kamphuis / GEZE GmbH) Modern Art, Oxford, Great Britain (photo: GEZE GmbH) 79 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with series products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_10 ID no. 142655 EN Subject to change without notice

Automatic sliding door

SLIDING DOOR Automatic sliding door … Automaticsliding door  | Contents Contents Overview … STAN DAR D S LID IN G D O O R SYST E M S ECdrive T2 11 Slimdrive SL NT 24 Powerdrive PL 30 SL ID IN G D OOR SYST E M S S P EC I A L VA R I A N TS Slimdrive SLT 41 Slimdrive SL RC2 48 Slimdrive SL-BO 54 Slimdrive SL-T30 57 Slimdrive SLV 58 Slimdrive SL inclined 60 SPEC IA L F U N CTIO N S ES CA P E A N D R ESCU E RO UTES Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes with locked exit only function (FR-LL) 64 Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes in both directions (FR-DUO) 65 Redundant sliding doors for locked escape and rescue routes (FR-RWS) 66 Sliding doors for escape and rescue routes according to CO48 (France) 67 Contents | Automaticsliding door … SOLU TION S A N D F U N CT I O N S Accessible toilet 70 Vestibule systems 71 SLID IN G D OOR F I T T I N G S Fitting variants 74 AC C ES S OR IES Operation of automatic sliding doors 78 Automatic activation 79 Manual activation 80 Electronic protection 82 Mechanical protection 83 Locking mechanisms 84 Service tools 87 CA B LE PLA N 90 RE F E R E N C ES 94 … Automaticsliding door  | Overview  OV E RV IE W TA B LE FO R AUTO M AT I C S L I D IN G DO O R SYSTEMS ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL NT Powerdrive PL 100 x 190 mm 70 x 190 mm 150 x 185 mm 200 x 185 mm Opening width 1-leaf 700 – 3000 mm4 700 – 3000 mm 700 – 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf PRODUCT FEATU RES Dimensions (height x depth) 900 – 3000 mm 900 – 3000 mm 800 – 3000 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 120 / 140 kg3 125 kg 200 kg1 Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf … x 120 / 140 kg3 … x 125 kg … x 180 kg1 … x 200 kg2 … / … m/s … / … m/s … / … m/s ● ● ● Opening / closing speed (max.) Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes (FR) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS ESCAPE AND RESCUE ROUTES FR with exit only locked (FR-LL) ● ● ● FR in both directions (FR-DUO) ● ● ● FR locked (FR-RWS) ● ● ● CO48 (France) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● FITTING VARIANTS ISO glass fine-framed MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● Toughened safety glass clamping fitting fine-framed ● ● All-glass system (GGS) ● Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● ● = Yes | … = max. 160 kg for FR variant, max. 120 kg for fine-framed leaves and profile system GCprofile Therm | … = if applicable increased opening and holdopen times | … = 120 kg with single roller carriage (standard), 140 kg with double roller carriage (option) and GCprofile Therm | … = 700 - 1500 mm for GCprofile Therm profile system  Overview | Automaticsliding door Trendpark Neckarsulm sliding door drive (photo: Martin Jakob / GEZE GmbH) Cologne Bonn Airport (photo: Martin Jakob / GEZE GmbH) … SLID ING D OO R Standard sliding door systems You want to save space, but not at the cost of a comfortable atmosphere. You want to offer barrier-free access to all users, but not at the cost of a lack of safety. We have the ideal solution ready for you with our automatic sliding doors. Be it for office buildings, airports, hotels or schools. And you can rest assured where safety is concerned: All GEZE automatic door systems and safety sensors meet the European EN 16005 standard. … Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems Standard sliding door systems FOR C OM FORT AN D P E R F ECT I O N Sliding doors are space-saving, elegant and modern. Glass sliding doors are ideal when it comes to making good use of daylight and fulfilling optical criteria. GEZE automatic sliding doors can be used to realise various user scenarios in one building. PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  The variants in the Slimdrive drive series with an overall height of only … centimetres blend perfectly into any building’s architecture and offer a wide range of application possibilities  The ECdrive T2 drives are economical and extremely reliable in their functionality  The products from the Powerdrive series are real power packs and capable of moving heavy doors conveniently and safely AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Public buildings and authorities Office buildings and car dealerships Shopping centres and shop fitting Airports and railway stations Health and care sector, e.g. hospitals, pharmacies Hotels and restaurants Banks and education institutes e.g. schools, universities Industrial buildings Vestibule systems STA N DA R D S DIN 18650 The industrial norm DIN 18650 was created to guarantee operators and users of automatic doors optimum safety. GEZE sliding door systems have been type-tested and certified in accordance with DIN 18650. EN 16005 The new European norm EN 16005 sets out the design requirements and testing methods used to ensure the safe use of automatic doors. This norm has created a Europe-wide safety standard for automatic doors. All automatic door systems and safety sensors from GEZE meet the EN 16005 standard and are available. Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door … Augustinum, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) RE D U N DAN T S L I D I N G D O O R S FO R ESCAPE AN D RESCU E RO UT ES (FR ) To guarantee the safety of escape and rescue routes, the control unit is designed in a redundant way in connection with the complete system. This redundancy guarantees that in the event of a power failure or fault, the sliding door will automatically open safely in the “Automatic” and “Exit only” modes of operation. In “Night” mode of operation the locking mechanism prevents unauthorised opening of the door. There is no escape and rescue route function in this mode of operation. Kolbenschmidt Pierburg, Neckarsulm, Germany (photo: Nikolaus Grünwald) 10 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems D ESIGN P OS S IB IL I T I ES W I T H T H E S L I D I N G DO O R SYSTEM … 5 … 5 … 3 10 … 6 … 8 11 … = Sliding door drive | … = Moving leaf| … = Side panel | … = Combined detector| … = Active infrared detector | … = Programme switch with key switch | … = Plastic elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = Non-contact proximity switch | 10 = Elbow switch | 11 = LED sensor foot switch ECdrive T2-FR automatic sliding door drive, Aldi Süd - branch in Mühldorf (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) 11 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door ECdrive T2 VIDEO Automatic linear sliding door system for doors up to 140 kg leaf weight AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Complete solution for entrance areas with GCprofile Therm and fanlight  If extra impermeability or energy efficiency are needed  Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible  Door leaf weights up to 140 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, GCprofile Therm, toughened safety glass clamping profile, on-site framed moving leaf doors and wooden leaves PR OD UCT F E ATUR ES  Slim design with a cover height of just 100 mm for greater creative freedom  With double roller carriage and GCprofile Therm up to 140 kg leaf weight  Efficient installation thanks to pre-drilled tracks and oblong holes  Continuous floor guide available for controlled diversion of rainwater  Integrated cable guides make it easier to lay cables  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available  Service interface for simple maintenance 12 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 TECHN ICA L DATA ECdrive T2 ECdrive T2-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 100 mm Depth 190 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 120 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf with GCprofile Therm 140 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 120 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf with GCprofile Therm 140 kg* Opening width 1-leaf 700 to 3000 mm Opening width 1-leaf with GCprofile Therm 700 to 1500 mm Opening width 2-leaf 900 to 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf with GCprofile Therm 900 to 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function ● - Automatic opening in the event of a power failure adjustable standard Automatic closing in the event of a power failure adjustable not available adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Function in the event of a power failure Automatic opening in the event of a fault Approvals not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR ● = yes | - = not available | * = 120 kg with single roller carriage (standard), 140 kg with double roller carriage (option) and GCprofile Therm D RIV E C OM P ON EN TS … 3 … 2 … = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 6 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA ECdrive T2 TRANSFORMER ECdrive T2-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating 140 W LOCKING MECHANISM Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 10 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal 15 mm Tiling protection standard Self-cleaning ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs ● … pc. Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh MOTOR Motor gear unit Torque Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VA R IA N TS ECdrive T2 Door fittings ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* ECdrive T2 ECdrive T2-FR** Opening width (ÖW) Drive length Opening width (ÖW) Drive length 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1070 ÖW + 1170 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1070 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf left hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 700 – 800 ÖW + 880 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 1-leaf right hand slide to open 700 – 3000 700 – 800 ÖW + 880 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 2-leaf … x ÖW + 75 * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing no. 70518-0-001! 13 14 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L AS S D I M E N SI O N S I N MM Leaf width ISO glass with aluminium secondary closing edge ISO glass with rubber secondary closing edge Toughened safety glass 1-leaf ÖW + 40 ÖW + 35 ÖW + 35 ÖW / … +35 ÖW / … +35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH = DH Glass width 1-leaf / 2-leaf FB – 41 FB – 36 FB – 26 Glass height FH – 90 FH – 90 FH – 85 Glass thickness ISO = 22, MONO = 10   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 15 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I THO UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70518-ep01 / 70518-ep02 Wall installation, angled floor guide, ISO glass 190 31 11 31 11 76 100 76 100 31 11 22 30 30 FH DH FH 22 30 17 12 FH 30 DH 22 100 190 190 76 Wall installation, continuous floor guide, MONO glass 22 … 60 1-leaf, wall installation, ALU secondary closing edge, angled floor guide, left hand slide to open, MONO glass AL eff. (5) ÖW+12 40 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+40 12 Vrs 2-leaf, wall installation, rubber secondary closing edge, angled floor guide / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf, ISO and MONO glass ALeff. (5) (13) 35 (5) 35 25 ÖW+2 … FW= ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+35 FB = ÖW/2+35 FW = ÖW/2 DH = Passage height | FH = Left height | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | Vrs = Drive extension right | ALeff. = Effective drive length DH Wall installation, angled floor guide, ISO glass 16 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G - W I T H SI DE PAN EL – MO UN TI N G W I THI N R EVEAL Drawing no. 70518-ep10 Mounting within reveal (thin), adjustable floor guide, ISO glass … 22 11 31 60 100 147 190 20 36 17 12 DH FH STH 30 Mounting within reveal, aluminium secondary closing edge, continuous floor guide, ISO and MONO glass LB AL eff. … STB … STB ÖW+2 40 40 TL = LB-32 … FB = ÖW/2+40 FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+40 FW = ÖW/2 Mounting within reveal, rubber secondary closing edge, angled / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf, ISO and MONO glass Bls … LB STB STB 58 35 ÖW+2 FB = ÖW/2+35 … AL eff. FB = ÖW/2+35 … 4 FW = ÖW/2 Brs 35 TL = LB-32 (5) … FW = ÖW/2 (5) LB = Clear components | STB = Side panel width | STH = Side panel height | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | TL = Lintel length | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 17 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL – WALL MO UN TI N G Drawing no. 70518-ep14 Wall mounting, adjustable floor guide … 100 190 STH 17 DH FH 36 2-leaf, wall mounting, rubber secondary closing edge, angled floor guide / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf (5) Bls 25 LB ALeff. STB 35 Brs ÖW+2 35 STB 25 (5) TL = AL-22 … FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+35 FB = ÖW/2+35 FW= ÖW/2 LB = Clear components | STB = Side panel width | STH = Side panel height | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length 18 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A M P IN G FI TTI N G – W I THO UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70518-ep03 / 70518-ep04 Wall installation, adjustable floor guide 11 31 76 100 190 FH DH 17 1-leaf, wall installation, plastic secondary closing edge, adjustable angled floor guide, left hand slide to open AL eff. 35 25 (5) ÖW+6 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 … Vrs 2-leaf, wall installation, rubber secondary closing edge, adjustable floor guide with protective leaf AL eff. ÖW+4 35 … 35 25 25 … 4 FW=ÖW/2 FB=ÖW/2+35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | Vrs = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height | FH = Lead height | ALeff = Effective drive extension ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door WIT H TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A MPI N G FI TTI N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70504-ep12 Mounting within reveal (thin), adjustable floor guide … 190 … 17 FH=DH DH … 60 31 100 147 30 2-leaf, mounting within reveal, angled floor guide, protective leaf LB ALeff. STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … (5) … STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … ÖW+4 58 58 (5) … TL=LB-32 … 35 35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 2-leaf, mounting within reveal, adjustable floor guide LB STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … Bls (5) STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … ÖW+4 35 Brs (5) 35 … 5 TL=LB-32 … 5 … FW=ÖW/2 FB=ÖW/2+35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 ALeff. LB = Clear components | STB = Side panel width | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | TL = Lintel length | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length 19 20 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH GC P R OF ILE T H E R M , E N E R GY- E F F I C I EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM FI N E- FR AMED – WITHOUT S ID E PA N E L Drawing no. 70518-ep100 / 70518-ep110 Wall installation, continuous floor guide Wall installation, angled floor guide 190 100 76 31 31 76 100 Ø9 Ø9 190 12 40 40 FH DH DH FH 12 1-leaf , wall installation ÖW 50 FW = ÖW FB 2-leaf , wall installation AL eff. ÖW 50 (5) FW = ÖW/2 FB 50 FB (5) FW = ÖW/2 FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | ALeff. = Effective drive length ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 21 WIT H GC P R OF I LE T H E R M , E N E R GY- E F F I CI EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM FI N E- FRAMED – W IT H S ID E PAN E L B E LOW L I N T E L Drawing no. 70518-ep103 Vertical section side panel Vertical section moving leaf 32 100 DH FH DH 40 … STH ( DH ) 40 ( DH ) 10 31 76 60 76 60 100 Ø9 190 190 32 Drive length corresponding to the clear opening STB Re ÖW STB Li 10 10 … FW = ÖW/2 50 FB FB 50 FW= ÖW/2 LBW Drive length larger than clear opening 10 LBW ÖW STB Li STB Re 10 … 50 50 FW= ÖW/2 FB FB FW= ÖW/2 LBW = Clear installation width | STB Li = Side panel width left | STB Re = Side panel width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 22 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H S I DE PAN EL – PART IT ION WALL I N STA LL AT I O N Drawing no. 70518-ep101 Vertical section side panel, angled floor guide min.10 max.20 Vertical section moving leaf, continuous floor guide 190 min.10 max.20 32 190 LBH STH 40 DH 40 DH FH = DH+3 LBH 15 60 100 100 145 145 32 2-leaf , horizontal section STB Li STB Re ÖW 10 10 52 … 50 50 FW= ÖW/2 FB FB FW = ÖW/2 LBW LBW = Clear installation width | LBH = Clear installation height | STH = Side panel height | STB Li = Side panel width left | STB Re = Side panel width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | FH = Leaf height | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door WIT H GC P R OF I LE T H E R M E N E R GY- E F F I CI EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM – WIT H S ID E PA N E L A N D FA N L I G H T Drawing no. 70518-ep102 Vertical section side panel H OL H OL min.10 max.20 min.10 max.20 Vertical section moving leaf 190 190 32 DH DH 40 … 40 FH STH LBH LBH 10 15 100 100 145 145 32 Horizontal section HOL = High fanlight | LBW = Clear installation width | LBH = Clear installation height | STH = Side panel height | STB Li = side panel width left | STB Re = side panel width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | FH = Leaf height | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 23 24 Automaticsliding door  | | Standard Sliding door sliding systems door systems special variants | Slimdrive | Slimdrive SL NT SL NT Slimdrive SL NT Automatic linear sliding door system with low overall height and clear design line ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions  Glass façades with maximum design demands  Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible  Door leaf weights up to 125 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, all-glass systems (GGS), integrated all-glass systems (IGG) and on-site framed moving leaf doors and wooden leaves PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 25 TEC HN ICA L DATA SL NT SL NT-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 70 mm Depth 190 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 125 kg Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 125 kg Opening width 1-leaf 700 – 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf 900 – 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure Function in the event of a power failure Automatic opening in the event of a fault Approvals not available standard DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D, AutSchR ● = yes | - = not available D R IV E C OM PO N E N TS … 3 … 2 … = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 6 26 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Slimdrive SL NT TECHN ICA L DATA SL NT TRANSFORMER SL NT-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 140 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 10 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal … mm Tiling protection Self-cleaning standard ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VAR IA N TS Door fittings SL NT ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile - All-glass system (GGS) ● Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 27 CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SL NT Opening width (ÖW) 2-leaf Slimdrive SL NT-FR** Drive length Opening width (ÖW) Drive length 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1070 ÖW + 1170 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1070 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf left hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 700 – 800 ÖW + 860 1-leaf right hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 700 – 800 ÖW + 860 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 When using Lock A, the drive length increases by 100 mm. | When using Lock M at 1-leaf doors, the drive length increases by 100 mm. For Lock M on 2-leaf doors, the drive only extends by 100 mm if an optional bolt message is installed | * Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CA LCULAT ION O F LE A F A N D G L ASS D I MEN SI O N S I N MM (I SO G LASS PR O FI LE SYSTEM) ISO glass Leaf width 1-leaf ÖW + 35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 35 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH = DH – … Glass width 1-leaf ÖW 2-leaf OW / … 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH – 90 Glass height Glass thickness   N o t e : 22 max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 28 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Slimdrive SL NT WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70511-ep01 Floor guide: Continuous Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 193 … 30 60 DH 70 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting 30 51 60 1-leaf door system VRS 60 LD = ÖW+12 35 30 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 40 12 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 30 35 FB = ÖW/2+35 … LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 29 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70511-ep02 + 70511-ep04 Low girder section High girder section 48 190 44 DH DH 70 70 140 190 82   N o t e : 82 See installation drawing for area of application Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 35 FW = ÖW/2 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FB = ÖW/2+35 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls LB … LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … 30 35 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … FB = ÖW/2+35 Installation: Wall installation 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 LB LD = ÖW+2 30 35 30 FW = ÖW/2 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 FB = ÖW/2+35 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side panel width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 30 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL Powerdrive PL Automatic linear sliding door system for large and heavy doors up to 200 kg leaf weight ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible  Door leaf weights up to 200 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, toughened safety glass clamping profiles, on-site frames and wooden leaves  Suitable for various profile systems PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Very powerful drive for large heavy door leaves and wide opening widths  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Adjustment options for all door motion parameters  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA PL PL-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 150 / 200 mm Depth 185 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 200 kg 160 kg Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 200 kg 160 kg Opening width 1-leaf 700 to 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf 800 to 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure Function in the event of a power failure Automatic opening in the event of a fault Approvals not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR ● = yes | - = not available D R IV E C OM P O N E N TS … 5 … 7 … 1 … 1 = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Fan | … = Motor 31 32 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL TECHN ICA L DATA PL TRANSFORMER PL-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 200 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 12 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal 40 mm Tiling protection Self-cleaning standard ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VAR IA N TS Door fittings PL ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Powerdrive PL PL-FR** Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 2-leaf 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 65 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 65 * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CA LCULAT ION O F LE A F A N D G L ASS D I MEN SI O N S I N MM Leaf width Leaf height Glass width ISO glass with aluminium secondary closing edge ISO glass with rubber secondary closing edge Toughened safety glass 1-leaf ÖW + 40 ÖW + 35 ÖW + 35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 ÖW / … +35 ÖW / … +35 with cover 150 mm DH for cover 200 mm DH + 50 1-leaf ÖW ÖW ÖW + … 2-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … ÖW / … + … Glass height FH – 90 FH – 90 FH – 85 Glass thickness 22 22 10, 12   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 33 34 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70506-ep01 Floor guide: Continuous min. 15 Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 185 200 185 30 … 60 DH DH 150 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting 30 68 60 1-leaf door system VRS 75 LD = ÖW+12 35 30 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 50 12 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 30 35 FB = ÖW/2+35 … 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 35 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70506-ep02 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side panels under drive Door system with door leaf and side panels under girder section 185 185 35 185 DH DH DH 150 200 200 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side panels under drive 86   N o t e : 83 86 See installation drawing for area of application Installation: Self-supporting installation … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FW = ÖW/2 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … Installation: Wall installation 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 FW = ÖW/2 LB LD = ÖW+2 40 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … LB = Clear installation width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | STB = Side panel width | DH = Passage height | ÖW = Opening width 36 Automaticsliding door  | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL WITH TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A M P IN G FI TTI N G – W I THO UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70506-ep03 min. 15 Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 185 185 … 73 DH DH 200 150 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting 18 62 1-leaf door system VRS 60 LD = ÖW+6 32 FW = ÖW 30 FB = ÖW+32 40 … 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+4 32 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 37 WIT H TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A MPI N G FI TTI N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70506-ep04 Door system with door leaf and side panels under drive 185 35 185 200 DH 200 DH DH   N o t e : Door system with door leaf and side panels under girder section 185 150 min. 15 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side panels under drive 55 See installation drawing for area of application 79 55 Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 LD = ÖW+4 32 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+32 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls LB STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … LD = ÖW+4 32 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW/2-5 … 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … Installation: Wall installation with girder section 22 LB STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 32 FW = ÖW/2 22 LD = ÖW+4 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side panel width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | DH = Passage height | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width SLID ING D OO R Sliding door systems special variants We have a diverse range of special variants on offer for all structural conditions for which standard variant sliding door systems are not suitable. Do not hesitate to contact us if you need information: for example, for use in narrow glass façades or with special burglary resistance. We can find the right individual sliding door system for you among the many GEZE Slimdrive variants. 40 Automaticsliding door  | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants Sliding door systems special variants SOLUT ION S FOR S P EC I A L P U R P O SES The Slimdrive SL drive is available in numerous special variants. These are always used when the standard variant of the sliding door system is not suitable. Slimdrive SLT: Use in slim glass façades for 2- or 4-leaf doors.  Slimdrive SL RC2: Sliding doors with burglar resistance in accordance with resistance class 2. Also optionally available as a variant for escape and rescue routes (SL RC2-FR). Slimdrive SL-BO: This variant is used in escape and rescue routes. In addition to the sliding function, the doors can be swung open using a turn-tilt fitting. Slimdrive SL-T30: For applications where both fire-retardant doors in accordance with DIN 4102 and smoke-proof doors in accordance with DIN 18095 are necessary.  Slimdrive SLV: This variant can be used for corner sliding doors with angles between 90° and 270°. Slimdrive SL inclined: For the use of 2-leaf sliding doors in inclined glass façades with opening widths of up to 2500mm. Slimdrive SLT with IGG, Café Luitpold Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLT Automatic telescopic sliding door system for use in extremely narrow glass façades AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Double and four leaf sliding door systems  If space is limited with low clear opening width or little space next to the door opening  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Opening widths from 1000 to 3600 mm possible  Door leaf weights up to 80 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO Glass and integrated all-glass systems (IGG) P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES  Two parallel tracks carry the door leaf and thus achieve large opening widths  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available 41 42 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SLT TECHN ICA L DATA SLT SLT-FR For 1-leaf door systems - - For 2-leaf door systems ● ● For 4-leaf door systems ● ● Height 70 mm Depth 247 mm Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 80 kg Leaf weight (max.) 4-leaf 70 kg Opening width 2-leaf 1000 – 3000 mm Opening width 4-leaf 1600 – 3600 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure Function in the event of a power failure Automatic opening in the event of a fault Approvals ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR ● = yes | - = not available D RIV E C OM P ON EN TS … 1 … 1 = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 5 Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA SLT TRANSFORMER SLT-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 140 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical … mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal … mm Tiling protection Self-cleaning Optional - - CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes | - = not available FITTIN G VA R IA N TS Door fittings SLT ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed - GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile - All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● Wooden leaf (on-site) - ● = yes | - = not available 43 44 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SLT CALCULAT ION OF T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SLT Opening width (ÖW) 4-leaf 2-leaf left hand slide to open 2-leaf right hand slide to open Slimdrive SLT-FR Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 1600 – 1999 ÖW + 1180 1600 – 1999 ÖW + 1180 2000 – 3600 … x ÖW + 150 2000 – 3600 … x ÖW + 150 1000 – 1360 ÖW + 770 1000 – 1560 ÖW + 870 1360 – 3000 … x ÖW + 90 1560 – 3000 … x ÖW + 90 1000 – 1460 ÖW + 780 1000 – 1660 ÖW + 880 1460 – 3000 … x ÖW + 50 1660 – 3000 … x ÖW + 50 * = Minimum overall length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is generally recommended for outdoor systems. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L ASS D I M E N SI O N S I N MM depending on the opening width and passage height Internal leaf 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 4-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height … or 4-leaf DH – 17 Glass width 2-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … – 10 4-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … – 10 … or 4-leaf FH – 90 FH – 90 22 22 Glass thickness   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 or 1:5 in the case of 4-leaf systems, ÖW 1600 - 2000 mm DH AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GB GH Glass height 70 Leaf width External leaf Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70717-ep02 + 70717-ep04 Low girder section High girder section 48 250 44 DH DH 70 70 140 250 158 156 Installation: Self-supporting installation … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/4+40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 … FB = ÖW/4+40 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 Installation: Wall installation 25 LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/4+40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 LB = Clear installation width | STB = Side panel width | LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height   N o t e : See installation drawing for area of application 45 46 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive Sliding door SLTsystems special variants WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70487-ep01 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation Floor guide: Continuous 30 23 30 30 … 60 DH 70 250 121 60 1-leaf door system 140 LD = ÖW+12 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 40 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/4+40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH Passage height 40 12 60 Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLT-FR + IGG, Robert Bosch Hospital (photo: GEZE GmbH) 47 48 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 Slimdrive SL RC2 Automatic linear sliding door system with burglar resistance in accordance with resistance class RC2 ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems  Interior and exterior doors with maximum security requirements  Opening widths from 800 to 3000 mm possible  Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass according to resistance class RC2 PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Certified burglar resistance according to resistance class RC2   Function RC2 is only available in "Night" mode of operation, in which the door is locked with rod locking  Fitted with rod locking and reinforced profile components  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Hycro Grand Centre, Zagreb, Croatia (photo: Robert Les) Sihlpost Switzerland (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 49 50 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 CALCULAT ION OF T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SL RC2 Opening width (ÖW) 2-leaf Slimdrive SL-FR RC2** Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf 800 – 3000 left hand slide to open … x ÖW + 120 800 – 870 ÖW + 990 870 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 800 – 820 ÖW + 940 820 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 1-leaf right hand slide to open * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L AS S D I M E N SI O N S I N MM (I SO G LASS PR O FI LE SYSTEM) ISO glass (in accordance with RC2) Leaf width 1-leaf ÖW + 40 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf DH – 17 Glass width 1-leaf ÖW – 20 2-leaf ÖW / … – 20 Glass height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH – 90 Glass thickness 1-leaf / 2-leaf max. …   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL GH DH GB ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width   N o t e : The burglar-resistant function RC2 is only enabled in the “NIGHT” mode of operation. In the "NIGHT" mode of operation, the door does not fulfil any escape route demands. It is therefore important to ensure that there is nobody in the building or that sufficient other escape route doors are available. Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I THO UT SI DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70484-ep-46/47 189 … 60 DH 70 min. 15 Floor guide: With reinforced supporting bracket at individual points 64 30 68 1-leaf door system AL LB … LD = ÖW+12 131 113 53 40 80 85 60 FB = ÖW+40 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 40 FB = ÖW+40 50 … AL = Drive length | LB = Clear installation width | DH = Passage height | LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width 51 52 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H S I DE PAN EL Drawing no. 70484-ep-46/47 min. 15 Floor guide: With reinforced supporting bracket at individual points 42 DH 70 189 64 105 1-leaf door system AL … LB 40 LD = ÖW+12 STB = LB-(ÖW+72)+25 40 137 155 59 25 30 85 60 80 FW= ÖW FB = ÖW+40 Installation: Wall installation 25 LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 30 FW = ÖW/2 50 FB = ÖW/2+40 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … AL = Drive length | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | DH = Passage height | LB = Clear installation width | LD = Clear passage | ÖW = Opening width | STB = Side panel width   N o t e : See installation drawing for area of application Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Sihlpost Switzerland (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 53 54 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL-BO Slimdrive SL-BO Automatic sliding door system for escape and rescue routes with break-out function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems along escape and rescue routes  Interior and exterior doors with maximum security requirements  Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions  Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible  Door leaf weights of up to 100 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Function BO allows the leaf and side panels to swing open in the direction of escape  Electrical locking mechanisms for "Night" mode of operation integrated  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL-BO | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G Drawing no. 70485-ep51 Door system with door leaf and side panels 35 DH 60 70 min. 15 254 135 150 Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … 40 LD = ÖW+2 STB = ÖW/2+239 STB = ÖW/2+239 40 … 30 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 … Installation: Wall installation 25 LB 15 STB = ÖW/2+239 25 LD = ÖW+2 40 STB = ÖW/2+239 15 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side panel width | LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 55 56 Automaticsliding door  | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Slimdrive SlimdriveSL-BO SL-BO Auditorium centre Klinikum to the right of the Isar, Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Slimdrive SL-BO automatic sliding door drive, installed at Madrid-Barajas airport (photo: Rafael Vargas / GEZE GmbH) Slimdrive SL-T30 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SL-T30 Automatic sliding door drive for fire protection doors with resistance class T30 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Single and double leaf sliding door systems  Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf  Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Independent error recognition and recording Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available 57 58 Automaticsliding door  | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Slimdrive SlimdriveSLV SLV Slimdrive SLV Automatic sliding door system for use on angled façades or corners AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Double leaf sliding door systems  Use on angled façades or corners  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions  Glass façades with maximum design demands  Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible  Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass  Suitable for various profile systems PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Product is projected and manufactured building-specifically  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Angle in the drive rail 90° to 270°  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SLV | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLV automatic sliding door drive (corner sliding door), Hotel Parador National del Saler, Valencia (photo: Pau Esculies / GEZE GmbH) Häussler Global Office GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy / GEZE GmbH) 59 60 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL inclined Slimdrive SL inclined Automatic linear sliding door system for use on inclined glass façades AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Double leaf sliding door systems  Use on inclined glass façades in mullion-transom constructions  Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency  Opening widths up to 2500 mm possible  Door leaf weights depending on the angle of inclination, up to 100 kg per leaf  Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES  Freely selectable angle of inclination up to … ° (larger possible upon request)  Continuous floor guide  Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm  Integrated infrared movement detector  Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet)  Independent error recognition and recording  Adjustment options for all door motion parameters  Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions  Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure  Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs  Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL inclined | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Villa Soravia, Millstatt, Carinthia, Austria (photo: Helmut Kolaric) Villa Soravia, Millstatt, Carinthia, Austria (photo: Helmut Kolaric) 61 SLID ING D OO R Special functions escape and rescue routes Special measures must be met for worst case scenarios. You’re best equipped for any possible dangers with the redundant sliding doors by GEZE for escape and rescue routes. We have the right solution for all needs, depending on whether the escape route only leads in one direction, or – such as inside public buildings – in both directions. Thanks to intelligent controls and emergency opening equipment, our automatic sliding doors are always reliable, even in the event of a power failure. 64 Automaticsliding door  | Special functions escape and rescue routes | FR-LL FR-LL Sparkasse, Ulm, Germany (photo: Nikolaus Grünwald) Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes with locked exit only function (one way) ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families For areas where the exit only mode of operation is supposed to be used for a longer period  In particular in banks, theatres and universities PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Type-tested FR-LL variants  Greater security against unauthorised opening of the door from outside Permanently redundantly monitored locking mechanism  Also locked by the intelligent control unit for night mode locking mechanism FR-DUO | Special functions escape and rescue routes | Automaticsliding door FR-DUO Cafe Luitpold, Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes in both directions AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families For specific areas in public buildings, where escape must be possible in both directions  In particular in office buildings, airports and stations P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Type-tested automatic sliding door variants FR-DUO With bilaterally monitored movement detectors 65 66 Automaticsliding door  | Special functions escape and rescue routes | FR-RWS FR-RWS Airport, Cologne-Bonn, Germany (photo: Martin Jakob) Redundant sliding doors for locked escape and rescue routes ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N  Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families  In particular in airports, stations and senior and care homes PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Setting by intelligent control unit and monitored locking mechanism possible Passage of the door then only possible upon request In the event of a power failure or other problems, the door reliably opens the escape route Additional locking mechanism with monitored duplicate processing system and redundant emergency opening button Sliding doors according to CO48 (France) | Special functions escape and rescue routes | Automaticsliding door Sliding doors according to CO48 (France) Grottes de Lascaux, France (photo: Jean-Luc Kokel) Sliding doors for escape and rescue routes according to CO48 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N  Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families  Special variants for use in France and other regions where this solution is recognised PR OD UCT F E ATUR ES Single opening of the door in the event of power failure via the installed rubber cable 67 SLID ING D OO R Solutions and functions Accessible toilets and vestibule systems – both function with automatic sliding door systems, but need special solutions. This means that accessible toilets must guarantee convenience and absolutely reliable operation and provide, for example, special emergency open push buttons. In contrast, for vestibule systems, you need radar movement detectors which detect directions. Whatever the use – we can offer you the right automatic sliding doors which meet your needs. 70 Automaticsliding door  | Solutions and functions | Accessible toilet Accessible toilet Accessible toilets must be designed in such a way that people with all sorts of different handicaps can use the facilities without needing help. GEZE sliding door drives provide an indispensable service for this application, and guarantee a high level of convenience. FUNCTION AL D ES C R I P T I O N The non-contact proximity switch is installed at hand height and detects persons and objects at a distance of 10 to 60 cm (adjustable). Approaching the switch is sufficient to open the door. When the “internal push button” is triggered with the door closed, the system switches into the exit only mode of operation, meaning the outer push button on the door can no longer open. Both proximity switches switch from green to red and signal that the WC is occupied. The drive uses motor power to hold the door in the closed position. Triggering the "internal push button" again switches the mode of operation back to automatic. Both proximity switches switch from red to green. The door opens and the "external push button" is cleared again. An optional pull switch can be used to transmit a message to an alarm system. If the WC is occupied for longer than 30 minutes, a message is also transmitted to an alarm system or an optional audio alert. … 4 … 1 … 1 … = Non-contact proximity switch (internal and external) | … = emergency off switch (recommended installation height: 1600 mm) | … = active infrared light curtain | … = emergency call pull switch | … = sliding panel Vestibule systems | Solutions and functions | Automaticsliding door 71 Vestibule systems Vestibule systems are used to avoid draughts and reduce heat exchange. Preferably only one door should be opened. Direction-detecting radar movement detector only activate the door when people move towards it. This means the door closes more quickly behind people. A separate programme switch is compulsory for door systems in escape and rescue routes. Combination example … Combination example … Combination example … ~ 3500 mm ~ 3500 mm min. 200 mm Combination example … > 4000 mm ~ 1400 mm ~ 6000 mm min. 200 mm grey = Detection area ~ 1400 mm > 4000 mm ~ 1400 mm min. 200 mm ~ 1400 mm ~ 4500 mm ~ 4500 mm ~ 3500 mm min. 200 mm SLID ING D OO R Sliding door fittings Nothing works without door fittings … You need the right sliding door fittings for your automatic sliding doors to open and close perfectly. Plan according to your wishes and needs, depending on the appearance, function or special circumstances. The GEZE range of products meets a wide variety of needs where door fittings are concerned: including energy-efficient sliding door systems, all-glass systems, doors with a focus on hygiene or a variety of materials. 74 Automaticsliding door  | Sliding door fittings | Fitting variants Fitting variants GEZ E S U PP LIES T H E FO LLOW I N G F I TT I N G VARI AN TS FO R SLI DI N G DO O R SYSTEMS: I S O G LASS FI N E-FRAMED Attractive door leaves with an extremely slim aluminium frame. They combine the advantages of the frame (e.g. seals) with an inconspicuous design. M O NO GLASS FI N E-F RAMED Same frame as with the ISO variant, but with one single glass pane made of 10 mm toughened safety glass or laminated safety glass. VSG = Verbund-Sicherheits-Glas (laminated safety glass) ESG = Einscheiben-Sicherheits-Glas (toughened safety glass) GC P RO FI LE TH ER M Thermally separated profile system in fine-framed design for a sophisticated appearance. For installation situations where special emphasis is placed on high energy efficiency, i.e. the lowest possible heat loss in winter or cold loss in summer. This profile system is also used when there are increased requirements for the tightness of the sliding door system. It is particularly suitable for exterior doors that are exposed to weather conditions and for interior doors that have to meet increased demands for sound insulation. TO U G H EN ED SA FETY G LASS CLAMPING PROFILE Profile system for 10 mm or 12 mm toughened safety glass. The glass pane is clamped in place near the top. Additional aluminium profiles at the sides and bottom ensure tightness, floor guide and compatibility with DIN 18650. A LL- G LAS S SYSTEM (G G S) All-glass design fittings for single point fixing offer maximum transparency. All the visible door fittings are made of solid stainless steel. I NT EG R ATED A LL-G LASS SYSTEM (IG G ) The profiles and the fitting system are integrated invisibly between the panes – without protruding or visible parts on the glass pane. F R A MED MOVI N G LEAF DOOR (ON-SITE) The drive can be combined with door leaves made of a wide range of different frame profile systems, also thermally separated. WO O D EN LEA F (O N-SITE) The drive can be combined with door leaves on-site made of a wide range of materials e.g. wood. H E R METI C LEA F Use in areas with increased hygiene requirements, see GEZE Hygienic Doors on our website. Fitting variants | Sliding door fittings | Automaticsliding door 75 Slimdrive SL RC2 Powerdrive PL Slimdrive SLT Slimdrive SL BO ISO glass fine-framed ● ● ● ● ● ● MONO glass fine-framed ● ● - ● - - ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL NT FITTIN G VA R IA N TS GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● - - - - - Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● - - ● - - All-glass system (GGS) - ● - - - - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - ● - - ● - Framed moving leaf door (on-site) ● ● - ● - - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● - ● - - Hermetic leaf - - - ● - - ● = yes | - = not available ISO glass fine-framed MONO glass fine-framed GCprofile Therm Toughened safety glass clamping profile All-glass system (GGS) Integrated all-glass system (IGG) Framed moving leaf door (on-site) Wooden leaf (on-site) Hermetic leaf SLID ING D OO R Accessories Naturally, you’ll need switches to operate your automatic sliding doors. Learn about the convenient programme switches in our extensive range of accessories, with which a variety of modes of operation can be set. You’ll also find everything you need for activation, whether automatic or manual. And last but not least, we present you with our various locking options. 78 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Operation of automatic sliding doors Operation of automatic sliding doors PRO GR AMM E S W I TCH ES FO R SE LECT I N G THE MO DE O F O PER ATI O N FO R AUTO MATI C SL ID IN G D OOR S GEZE offers programme switches for a wide range of individual demands. The switches are suitable for universal use – for surface-mounted or flush-mounted installation. The following switch types are available: D I S P LAY PRO GR A MM E SWITCH (DPS) K E Y PA D PRO GR A MM E SWITCH (TPS) M EC HA N I CA L PROG RAMM E SWITCH (MPS) The following modes of operation can be set: "Hold open": The door moves to the OPEN position and remains open. Movement detector or opening push button are deactivated. “Night”: The movement detectors are switched inactive, the door closes. Option: The door leaves are locked electrically to prevent forced opening. “Exit only” (one-way): The door only opens and closes when someone goes out from the inside. The movement detector outside is switched inactive, the one inside is switched active. “Automatic”: The door opens as soon as it is activated via the movement detector or keys, and closes after a certain time that can be individually adjusted. Safety sensors protect the leaves’ travel path. If there is someone in the door opening, the door will not close. “Reduced opening width”: The door opens only part of the possible opening width (can be set). In emergency exits, the reduced opening width must be at least as large as the required escape route width. The reduced opening width may not be less than 30 % of the opening width. "OFF": Drive and sensors are switched off, the door leaves can be moved manually. P R OTECTI O N O F THE PROG RAMM E SWITC HES Automatic sliding doors in escape and rescue routes must be secured against operation by unauthorised persons. The mechanical programme switch (MPS) is also available in a lockable version. The display programme switch (DPS) and keypad programme switch (TPS) can be combined with a key switch. Alternatively, these programme switches can be secured using a code. Display programme switch (DPS) Keypad programme switch (TPS) Mechanical programme switch (MPS) Automatic activation | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 79 Automatic activation R E LIA B LE ACT I VAT I O N W I T H G E Z E S E NSO RS C OMBI N ED D ETECTORS Combined detectors are radar movement detectors using an infrared light curtain. Activation and protection are integrated in the sensor, reducing installation efforts. Individual attachment possibilities through wall, ceiling or integrated ceiling recess installation provide lots of design freedom. The use of a remote control guarantees quick and easy commissioning. The sensor is activated reliably on the basis of direction detection and cross-traffic suppression. Slow movements can be detected thanks to the “slow motion detection” feature. The protection area can be configured as required. Combined detectors for escape and rescue routes offer maximum safety thanks to the integrated self-monitoring function. R A DA R MOVEMENT DETECTOR Radar movement detectors register all objects that move within the radar field. All movements within the radiation range cause a time-delayed reflection which is forwarded as a door opening signal. The pre-programmed convenience setting of the GEZE radar movement detectors ensures they can be put into operation quickly. Automatic configuration is possible via keys or a remote control. Reliable detection is achieved with a clearly defined radar field. Energy can be saved through detection of people’s direction of movement. Unwanted door opening is avoided since cross-traffic can be faded out. GC 363+ combined detector GC 365 combined detector GC 308 radar movement detector 80 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Manual activation Manual activation P U S H BUTTO N Push buttons for the wireless activation of doors – reliable, convenient and safe at the push of a button. CAPACI TI VE LED SENSOR SWITCH The design-oriented and sturdy LED sensor switch makes intuitive and straightforward operation possible. No great efforts are required for activation – touching the button slightly is sufficient. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, the LED sensor switch can be recognised easily in the dark thanks to the blue LED lighting. In addition, the sensor has Braille lettering on it. An acoustic and visual signal signalises activation through the push button. The push button is waterproof, impact-resistant and protected against vandalism. This makes it very well suited for outdoor use or installation in the floor. N O N-CO N TACT P ROXIMITY SWITCH With the GC 307+ interior doors without a haptic perception requirement can also be activated cleanly and comfortably. The sensor ensures bacteria-free access to toilets, for example, or germ-free conditions in hotel kitchens, swimming pools and doctors’ surgeries. The pulse generator is installed at hand height and precisely detects people and objects – independently of their direction of movement – both in the direct vicinity of only 10 cm, as well as 60 cm away. The different scanning ranges can be optimally adapted to existing environmental conditions and the interests of the user groups. Non-contact sensors offer a high level of operating comfort – people only need to approach them to trigger the automatic opening mechanism – and the advantage of absolute hygiene. The optimum system structure permits simple and time-saving installation in the flush-mounted box. The colours of the LEDs can be set, and it is also possible to use individual pictograms to visualize the areas of application. WI R E LES S ACTI VATION Radio transmitter are used for wireless activation of doors and windows as a multi-channel solution. For every additional channel, an additional electrical device or function can be switched at the push of a button. Thanks to the very small size of the wireless modules, radio transmitter can easily be integrated in the drive or in a flush-mounted box. They can also be clipped directly into the elbow switch and mounted without wires, e.g. on glass. Push button LED sensor push switch GC 307+ non-contact proximity switch Manual activation | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Manual activation Wireless activation Plastic elbow switch Key switch + Display programme switch + Slimdrive SL-FR (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy / GEZE GmbH) Stainless steel elbow switch IP65 81 82 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Electronic protection Electronic protection ACTI VE I N FR A RED DETECTOR GEZE light curtains are used to protect posts, main and secondary closing edges for both internal and external applications. The light curtains have an invisible and non-contact protective device. Precise detection is possible through a clearly defined field, the size of which can be adjusted. Individual applications allow the use of light curtains as safety sensors or opening impulse generators. GC 339+ active infrared detector GC 341 active infrared detector Mechanical protection | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 83 Mechanical protection P ROTECTI VE LEAF Protective leaves are used on escape and rescue routes if it is not possible to secure the secondary closing edges using light curtains. Automatic sliding doors on escape and rescue routes must be able to be opened at any time. SAFETY LEA F Safety leaves are used to protect the cavities behind automatic sliding doors in mullion-transom constructions. Protective leaf DH Protective leaf DH = passage height Safety leaf 84 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Locking mechanisms Locking mechanisms LO C K M H O O K BO LT LOCK Lock M is a manual hook bolt lock for the Slimdrive SL NT and ECdrive T2 sliding door systems. This high-quality locking mechanism is invisibly built into the vertical profile of the door leaves, allowing the door to be locked and unlocked quickly and reliably. The door can be locked and unlocked from the inside or outside using a key in the lock which is installed at a convenient height. The lock possesses an euro profile cylinder with 3, … or … keys with the construction length 32 mm (16/16). If standard construction lengths such as 60 mm (30/30 Euro-profile double cylinder) or 40 mm (30/10 Euro-profile half cylinder) are used, danger areas emerge on the basis of the surviving cylinder, so that a restriction of the opening width is necessary. The Euro profile cylinder can survive without restrictions if no protective leaves are available on the inside. As an option, GEZE can provide an escutcheon plate for standard lock cylinders for installation on the drive side / inside. The extremely sturdy Lock M provides excellent protection against vandalism and unauthorised access. LO C K A H O O K BO LT LOCK Lock A is an motorised hook bolt lock for the Slimdrive SL NT and ECdrive T2 sliding door systems. This high-quality single or two-point locking mechanism allows the door to be locked and unlocked quickly and reliably. The locking motor is invisibly integrated into the vertical profile of the door leaves. The sliding door control unit makes parameter setting and control easy. The manual emergency unlocking facility allows the door to be opened from the inside at any time in the event of a power failure. Lock M hook bolt lock Lock M hook bolt lock installed Locking mechanisms | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Lock A hook bolt lock Lock A hook bolt lock installed GEZE Slimdrive SL NT-FR sliding door system, Grosspetertower Zürich (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 85 86 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Locking mechanisms TO OTH ED BELT LOCKING This electromagnetic two-stages locking system ensures more safety, because it stays locked even without electric current. Manual emergency unlocking is possible at any time. Typical for this type of locking mechanism is permanent monitoring by the control unit. Up to two contacts for external applications (e.g. alarm systems) can be integrated as an option. Thanks to the free choice of positioning in the drive, the toothed belt locking is not only easy to install, it also makes special locking functions possible, e.g. locked pharmacy opening of the sliding doors. F LO OR LO CK The floor lock is used for the easy locking of door leaves with the fine-framed ISO profile system at floor level. Customary Euro profile cylinders can be used for the floor locks. This means the solution is suitable for optimum integration in closing systems. Operation is manual, with the key, either only from the inside or from both the inside and outside. R O D LO CK I N G Rod locking increases safety and protection against burglary. The multi-point locking – both upwards and in the ground – provides solid resistance against attempts to be levered open. The locking bar is integrated invisibly in the fine-framed ISO profile system. The system can be unlocked both electrically and mechanically. Rod locking can be used in the Slimdrive SL and Slimdrive SLT drives. Escape and rescue routes can also be protected by rod locking. Toothed belt locking Rod locking Floor lock Service tools | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 87 Service tools GEZ ECO N N ECTS The GEZEconnects software makes wireless connection via Bluetooth possible between a computer and the automatic door systems from GEZE. All door system settings can be carried out via an intuitive graphic interface, stored, sent by e-mail and transferred to a word processing programme as a protocol. Diagnosis functions show the most important function parameters of the door system in real time, so that faults are recognised at a glance and can be eliminated. All the pre-settings can be taken over very easily for further door systems. The convenient documentation of commissioning, maintenance and diagnosis protocols as well as all statistical data can be downloaded at any time. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications. ST 220 S ERVI CE TERMINAL Mobile, handy and straightforward – that is parameter setting for the automatic GEZE door systems using the ST 220 service terminal. Communication and data exchange between the service terminal and the drive unit is via an integrated RS485 interface. The large illuminated display is easy to operate thanks to the plain text display. The service terminal is equipped with a readout function for servicing and diagnosis work. Power is supplied via the door system. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications.   N o t e : Changes to parameters on GEZE drives may only be carried out by experts authorised by the manufacturer (GEZE) in accordance with DIN 18650/EN 16005 GEZEconnects ST 220 service terminal SLID ING D OO R Cable plan sliding door control units In order to show you the connection of the activation devices and sensors, we have created a cable plan for you. Scroll further to "References" if you want to see some innovative buildings in which GEZE sliding door systems are used. 90 Automaticsliding door  | Accessories | Cable plan sliding door control units Cable plan sliding door control units For more detailed information about connection of the activation devices and sensors see the wiring diagram 160924 (English version). Power supply circuit 230 V/50 Hz 10 A safety fuse Line-feed on-site *3) *1) HS NOT DPS *2) PS KA KI KB BWA BWI Transformer SIO SIO *4) *4) LS SCT *5) Supply cable (on-site) SM Gong APO NÖ SIS WF *4) HS Main switch (optional) NS Emergency stop switch (optional) DPS Display programme switch NV SCT Key switch *4) PS Programme switch KA Activation device outside (push button) KI Activation device inside (push button) KB Activation device "authorized" BWI/BWA Movement detector (inside/outside) SIO Safety sensor “Open” SM Fault indicator Fault lamp or fault horn APO Pharmacy opening (only possible in combination with toothed belt locking) NÖ Emergency opening SIS Light curtain with movement detector KA or KI WF Interlocking door system, vestibule NV Emergency lock LS Photoelectric barrier *6) (on-site) Special element Wire cross-section: … = NYM-J … x … mm² | … = I-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm | … = I-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm | Y = GEZE scope of delivery   S a f e t y : Wiring according to VDE 0100 Wiring, connection and commissioning may only be carried out by authorised specialists. GEZE does not accept any warranty and service performances in combination with third-party products   N o t e s : … Cable feed through the side plate or through the track on the left. To protect the cables, avoid sharp edges or use edge protection. … Cable length max. 100 m … Signal wires min. … m and power supply circuits min. … m from the wall … Push button (KI) not permitted in escape and rescue routes … Optionally, connect to escape and rescue route control units, alternatives without key switch: Program access code to the DPS via ST 220 or GEZEconnects … Photoelectric barriers, according to DIN 18650 / EN 16005 must not be used as the only protection in the closing area Cable plan sliding door control units | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SL NT-FR with IGG glass leaves (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 91 SLID ING D OO R References Discover a selection of innovative buildings which we were able to equip with our automatic sliding door systems. Customers all over the world have praised the diverse functions and elegant design: Be it a first-class hotel, a state-of-the-art hospital, a representative retirement home, a renowned museum, an elegant administrative building or a heavily frequented station – the products and services by GEZE for automatic sliding doors are the first choice. We provide convenient and reliable drive units. 94 Automaticsliding door  | References Powerdrive PL-FR, Grosspetertower Zurich, Switzerland, (photo: Lorenz Frey for GEZE GmbH) ECdrive T2 (photo: GEZE GmbH) References | Automaticsliding door ECdrive T2 (photo: GEZE GmbH) Slimdrive SL NT with vestibule, Augustinum, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) 95 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_09 Id.No. 143639 EN · Subject to change without notice

GEZE TS 5000

Slimdrive EMD Invers door leaf installation hinge side roller guide rail 1-leaf

Powerturn transom installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail 1-leaf

TSA160 NT-IS transom installation hinge side roller guide rail 2-leaf